1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
2 Copyright (C) 1989, 93, 94, 95, 96, 1997, 1998, 1999
3 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs; see the file COPYING. If not, write to
19 the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
20 Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA. */
22 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
23 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 /* On 4.3 these lose if they come after xterm.h. */
28 /* Putting these at the beginning seems to be standard for other .c files. */
36 #include "blockinput.h"
38 /* Need syssignal.h for various externs and definitions that may be required
39 by some configurations for calls to signal later in this source file. */
40 #include "syssignal.h"
42 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
43 if this is not done before the other system files. */
45 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
48 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
49 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
51 #include <sys/types.h>
56 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
57 #endif /* ! defined (BSD_SYSTEM) */
62 #ifndef INCLUDED_FCNTL
69 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
70 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
75 #include "dispextern.h"
77 #include "termhooks.h"
89 #include "intervals.h"
94 #include <X11/Shell.h>
97 #include <sys/types.h>
98 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_TIME_H
107 extern void free_frame_menubar ();
108 extern FRAME_PTR
x_menubar_window_to_frame ();
110 #if (XtSpecificationRelease >= 5) && !defined(NO_EDITRES)
112 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages ();
113 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
115 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
117 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
118 #if defined USE_MOTIF
119 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
120 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
121 #include <Xm/ScrollBarP.h>
122 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
125 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
126 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
127 #define ARROW_SCROLLBAR
128 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ScrollbarP.h>
129 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
130 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
131 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
132 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
134 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
135 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
136 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
137 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
139 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
141 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
142 #define x_any_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
143 #define x_top_window_to_frame x_window_to_frame
148 #ifndef XtNinitialState
149 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
154 /* memmove will be defined as a macro in Xfuncs.h unless
155 <string.h> is included beforehand. The declaration for memmove in
156 <string.h> will cause a syntax error when Xfuncs.h later includes it. */
161 #define min(a,b) ((a) < (b) ? (a) : (b))
164 #define max(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
167 #define abs(x) ((x) < 0 ? -(x) : (x))
169 #define BETWEEN(X, LOWER, UPPER) ((X) >= (LOWER) && (X) < (UPPER))
172 /* Bitmaps for truncated lines. */
177 LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP
,
178 RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP
,
179 OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP
,
180 CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP
,
181 CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP
,
185 /* Bitmap drawn to indicate lines not displaying text if
186 `indicate-empty-lines' is non-nil. */
190 static unsigned char zv_bits
[] = {
191 0x00, 0x00, 0x1e, 0x1e, 0x1e, 0x1e, 0x00, 0x00};
193 /* An arrow like this: `<-'. */
196 #define left_height 8
197 static unsigned char left_bits
[] = {
198 0x18, 0x0c, 0x06, 0x3f, 0x3f, 0x06, 0x0c, 0x18};
200 /* Right truncation arrow bitmap `->'. */
202 #define right_width 8
203 #define right_height 8
204 static unsigned char right_bits
[] = {
205 0x18, 0x30, 0x60, 0xfc, 0xfc, 0x60, 0x30, 0x18};
207 /* Marker for continued lines. */
209 #define continued_width 8
210 #define continued_height 8
211 static unsigned char continued_bits
[] = {
212 0x3c, 0x7c, 0xc0, 0xe4, 0xfc, 0x7c, 0x3c, 0x7c};
214 /* Marker for continuation lines. */
216 #define continuation_width 8
217 #define continuation_height 8
218 static unsigned char continuation_bits
[] = {
219 0x3c, 0x3e, 0x03, 0x27, 0x3f, 0x3e, 0x3c, 0x3e};
221 /* Overlay arrow bitmap. */
227 static unsigned char ov_bits
[] = {
228 0x30, 0x08, 0x3c, 0x7e, 0x7a, 0x7a, 0x62, 0x3c};
230 /* A triangular arrow. */
233 static unsigned char ov_bits
[] = {
234 0x03, 0x0f, 0x1f, 0x3f, 0x3f, 0x1f, 0x0f, 0x03};
238 extern Lisp_Object Qhelp_echo
;
241 /* Non-zero means Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars. */
243 int x_toolkit_scroll_bars_p
;
245 /* If a string, XTread_socket generates an event to display that string.
246 (The display is done in read_char.) */
248 static Lisp_Object help_echo
;
250 /* Temporary variable for XTread_socket. */
252 static Lisp_Object previous_help_echo
;
254 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
257 static int any_help_event_p
;
259 /* Non-zero means draw block and hollow cursor as wide as the glyph
260 under it. For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be
261 drawn as wide as that tab on the display. */
263 int x_stretch_cursor_p
;
265 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
268 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
270 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
271 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
272 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
273 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
275 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
277 /* Frame being updated by update_frame. This is declared in term.c.
278 This is set by update_begin and looked at by all the XT functions.
279 It is zero while not inside an update. In that case, the XT
280 functions assume that `selected_frame' is the frame to apply to. */
282 extern struct frame
*updating_frame
;
284 extern int waiting_for_input
;
286 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
288 struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
291 /* The application context for Xt use. */
292 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
293 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
294 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
296 /* Nominal cursor position -- where to draw output.
297 HPOS and VPOS are window relative glyph matrix coordinates.
298 X and Y are window relative pixel coordinates. */
300 struct cursor_pos output_cursor
;
302 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
304 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
308 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
309 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
310 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
311 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
313 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
315 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
316 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
317 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
318 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
319 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
320 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
321 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
322 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
323 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
326 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
328 FRAME_PTR last_mouse_frame
;
329 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
330 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
332 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
334 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
335 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
338 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
339 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
342 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
344 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
345 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
346 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
347 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
348 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
349 it's somewhat accurate. */
351 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
353 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
357 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
359 static int input_signal_count
;
362 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
364 static int x_noop_count
;
366 /* Initial values of argv and argc. */
368 extern char **initial_argv
;
369 extern int initial_argc
;
371 extern Lisp_Object Vcommand_line_args
, Vsystem_name
;
373 /* Tells if a window manager is present or not. */
375 extern Lisp_Object Vx_no_window_manager
;
377 extern Lisp_Object Qface
, Qmouse_face
;
381 /* A mask of extra modifier bits to put into every keyboard char. */
383 extern int extra_keyboard_modifiers
;
385 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
387 extern XrmDatabase
x_load_resources ();
388 extern Lisp_Object
x_icon_type ();
391 /* Enumeration for overriding/changing the face to use for drawing
392 glyphs in x_draw_glyphs. */
394 enum draw_glyphs_face
404 static void x_update_window_end
P_ ((struct window
*, int));
405 static void frame_to_window_pixel_xy
P_ ((struct window
*, int *, int *));
406 void x_delete_display
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
407 static unsigned int x_x_to_emacs_modifiers
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
409 static int fast_find_position
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int *, int *,
411 static void set_output_cursor
P_ ((struct cursor_pos
*));
412 static struct glyph
*x_y_to_hpos_vpos
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int,
413 int *, int *, int *));
414 static void note_mode_line_highlight
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
415 static void x_check_font
P_ ((struct frame
*, XFontStruct
*));
416 static void note_mouse_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int));
417 static void note_tool_bar_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*f
, int, int));
418 static void x_handle_tool_bar_click
P_ ((struct frame
*, XButtonEvent
*));
419 static void show_mouse_face
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*,
420 enum draw_glyphs_face
));
421 static int x_io_error_quitter
P_ ((Display
*));
422 int x_catch_errors
P_ ((Display
*));
423 void x_uncatch_errors
P_ ((Display
*, int));
424 void x_lower_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
425 void x_scroll_bar_clear
P_ ((struct frame
*));
426 int x_had_errors_p
P_ ((Display
*));
427 void x_wm_set_size_hint
P_ ((struct frame
*, long, int));
428 void x_raise_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*));
429 void x_set_window_size
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int));
430 void x_wm_set_window_state
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
431 void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap
P_ ((struct frame
*, int));
432 void x_initialize
P_ ((void));
433 static void x_font_min_bounds
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, int *, int *));
434 static int x_compute_min_glyph_bounds
P_ ((struct frame
*));
435 static void x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph
P_ ((struct window
*,
437 enum draw_glyphs_face
));
438 static void x_update_end
P_ ((struct frame
*));
439 static void XTframe_up_to_date
P_ ((struct frame
*));
440 static void XTreassert_line_highlight
P_ ((int, int));
441 static void x_change_line_highlight
P_ ((int, int, int, int));
442 static void XTset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
443 static void XTreset_terminal_modes
P_ ((void));
444 static void XTcursor_to
P_ ((int, int, int, int));
445 static void x_write_glyphs
P_ ((struct glyph
*, int));
446 static void x_clear_end_of_line
P_ ((int));
447 static void x_clear_frame
P_ ((void));
448 static void x_clear_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*));
449 static void frame_highlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
450 static void frame_unhighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
451 static void x_new_focus_frame
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*));
452 static void XTframe_rehighlight
P_ ((struct frame
*));
453 static void x_frame_rehighlight
P_ ((struct x_display_info
*));
454 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
455 static void x_draw_bar_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
456 static int x_intersect_rectangles
P_ ((XRectangle
*, XRectangle
*,
458 static void expose_frame
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int));
459 static void expose_window_tree
P_ ((struct window
*, XRectangle
*));
460 static void expose_window
P_ ((struct window
*, XRectangle
*));
461 static void expose_area
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
462 XRectangle
*, enum glyph_row_area
));
463 static void expose_line
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
465 static void x_update_cursor_in_window_tree
P_ ((struct window
*, int));
466 static void x_update_window_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, int));
467 static void x_erase_phys_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*));
468 void x_display_and_set_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int, int, int, int));
469 static void x_draw_bitmap
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
472 static void x_clip_to_row
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
474 static int x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p
P_ ((struct window
*, XRectangle
*));
475 static void x_draw_row_bitmaps
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*));
476 static void note_overwritten_text_cursor
P_ ((struct window
*, int, int));
477 static void x_flush
P_ ((struct frame
*f
));
480 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
489 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
490 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
491 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
493 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
494 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
499 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
500 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
501 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
502 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
503 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
506 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
509 /***********************************************************************
511 ***********************************************************************/
515 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
516 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
524 struct record event_record
[100];
526 int event_record_index
;
528 record_event (locus
, type
)
532 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
533 event_record_index
= 0;
535 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
536 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
537 event_record_index
++;
544 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
546 struct x_display_info
*
547 x_display_info_for_display (dpy
)
550 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
552 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
553 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
561 /***********************************************************************
562 Starting and ending an update
563 ***********************************************************************/
565 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
566 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
567 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
568 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
569 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
579 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
580 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
584 x_update_window_begin (w
)
587 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
588 struct x_display_info
*display_info
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
591 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
595 if (f
== display_info
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
597 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
598 display_info
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
600 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
602 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
603 display_info
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
605 /* Can we tell that this update does not affect the window
606 where the mouse highlight is? If so, no need to turn off.
607 Likewise, don't do anything if the frame is garbaged;
608 in that case, the frame's current matrix that we would use
609 is all wrong, and we will redisplay that line anyway. */
610 if (!NILP (display_info
->mouse_face_window
)
611 && w
== XWINDOW (display_info
->mouse_face_window
))
615 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
616 if (MATRIX_ROW_ENABLED_P (w
->desired_matrix
, i
))
619 if (i
< w
->desired_matrix
->nrows
)
620 clear_mouse_face (display_info
);
628 /* Draw a vertical window border to the right of window W if W doesn't
629 have vertical scroll bars. */
632 x_draw_vertical_border (w
)
635 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
637 /* Redraw borders between horizontally adjacent windows. Don't
638 do it for frames with vertical scroll bars because either the
639 right scroll bar of a window, or the left scroll bar of its
640 neighbor will suffice as a border. */
641 if (!WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
642 && !FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
646 window_box_edges (w
, -1, &x0
, &y0
, &x1
, &y1
);
647 x1
+= FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
);
650 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
651 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x1
, y0
, x1
, y1
);
656 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window). Draw
657 vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and display
658 W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero. W may be a menu bar
659 pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit support. Such
660 windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it here. */
663 x_update_window_end (w
, cursor_on_p
)
667 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
671 x_display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
673 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
674 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
678 updated_window
= NULL
;
682 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
689 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
690 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
693 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
698 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
699 complete update has been performed. The global variable
700 updated_window is not available here. */
703 XTframe_up_to_date (f
)
708 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
709 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
710 || f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
713 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
714 note_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
715 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
716 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
717 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
724 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
725 arrow bitmaps, or clear the areas where they would be displayed
726 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
727 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
728 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
729 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
732 x_after_update_window_line (desired_row
)
733 struct glyph_row
*desired_row
;
735 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
739 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
742 x_draw_row_bitmaps (w
, desired_row
);
744 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
745 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. */
746 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
)
748 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
749 int width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
750 int height
= desired_row
->visible_height
;
751 int x
= (window_box_right (w
, -1)
752 + FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
));
753 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
755 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
756 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
764 /* Draw the bitmap WHICH in one of the areas to the left or right of
765 window W. ROW is the glyph row for which to display the bitmap; it
766 determines the vertical position at which the bitmap has to be
770 x_draw_bitmap (w
, row
, which
)
772 struct glyph_row
*row
;
773 enum bitmap_type which
;
775 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
776 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
777 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
781 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
783 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
785 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
786 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
, 1);
790 case LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP
:
794 x
= (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, 0)
796 - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
) - wd
) / 2);
799 case OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP
:
803 x
= (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, 0)
805 - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
) - wd
) / 2);
808 case RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP
:
812 x
= window_box_right (w
, -1);
813 x
+= (FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
) - wd
) / 2;
816 case CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP
:
819 bits
= continued_bits
;
820 x
= window_box_right (w
, -1);
821 x
+= (FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
) - wd
) / 2;
824 case CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP
:
825 wd
= continuation_width
;
826 h
= continuation_height
;
827 bits
= continuation_bits
;
828 x
= (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, 0)
830 - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
) - wd
) / 2);
837 x
= (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, 0)
839 - (FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
) - wd
) / 2);
846 /* Convert to frame coordinates. Set dy to the offset in the row to
847 start drawing the bitmap. */
848 y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
849 dy
= (row
->height
- h
) / 2;
851 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
853 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, BITMAP_AREA_FACE_ID
);
854 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, wd
, h
,
856 face
->background
, depth
);
857 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0, wd
, h
, x
, y
+ dy
);
858 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
859 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
863 /* Draw flags bitmaps for glyph row ROW on window W. Call this
864 function with input blocked. */
867 x_draw_row_bitmaps (w
, row
)
869 struct glyph_row
*row
;
871 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
872 enum bitmap_type bitmap
;
874 int header_line_height
= -1;
876 xassert (interrupt_input_blocked
);
878 /* If row is completely invisible, because of vscrolling, we
879 don't have to draw anything. */
880 if (row
->visible_height
<= 0)
883 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, BITMAP_AREA_FACE_ID
);
884 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f
, face
);
886 /* Decide which bitmap to draw at the left side. */
887 if (row
->overlay_arrow_p
)
888 bitmap
= OVERLAY_ARROW_BITMAP
;
889 else if (row
->truncated_on_left_p
)
890 bitmap
= LEFT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP
;
891 else if (MATRIX_ROW_CONTINUATION_LINE_P (row
))
892 bitmap
= CONTINUATION_LINE_BITMAP
;
893 else if (row
->indicate_empty_line_p
)
894 bitmap
= ZV_LINE_BITMAP
;
898 /* Clear flags area if no bitmap to draw or if bitmap doesn't fill
900 if (bitmap
== NO_BITMAP
901 || FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_WIDTH (f
) < FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
)
902 || row
->height
> FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_HEIGHT (f
))
904 /* If W has a vertical border to its left, don't draw over it. */
905 int border
= ((XFASTINT (w
->left
) > 0
906 && !FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
908 int left
= window_box_left (w
, -1);
910 if (header_line_height
< 0)
911 header_line_height
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
913 /* In case the same realized face is used for bitmap areas and
914 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
915 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
916 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
918 XSetFillStyle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
920 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), face
->gc
, face
->background
);
922 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
925 - FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
)
927 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
929 FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
) - border
,
930 row
->visible_height
);
932 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
935 /* Draw the left bitmap. */
936 if (bitmap
!= NO_BITMAP
)
937 x_draw_bitmap (w
, row
, bitmap
);
939 /* Decide which bitmap to draw at the right side. */
940 if (row
->truncated_on_right_p
)
941 bitmap
= RIGHT_TRUNCATION_BITMAP
;
942 else if (row
->continued_p
)
943 bitmap
= CONTINUED_LINE_BITMAP
;
947 /* Clear flags area if no bitmap to draw of if bitmap doesn't fill
949 if (bitmap
== NO_BITMAP
950 || FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_WIDTH (f
) < FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
)
951 || row
->height
> FRAME_FLAGS_BITMAP_HEIGHT (f
))
953 int right
= window_box_right (w
, -1);
955 if (header_line_height
< 0)
956 header_line_height
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
958 /* In case the same realized face is used for bitmap areas and
959 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
960 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
961 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
963 XSetFillStyle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
965 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), face
->gc
, face
->background
);
966 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
969 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
971 FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
),
972 row
->visible_height
);
974 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
977 /* Draw the right bitmap. */
978 if (bitmap
!= NO_BITMAP
)
979 x_draw_bitmap (w
, row
, bitmap
);
983 /***********************************************************************
985 ***********************************************************************/
987 /* External interface to control of standout mode. Not used for X
988 frames. Aborts when called. */
991 XTreassert_line_highlight (new, vpos
)
998 /* Call this when about to modify line at position VPOS and change
999 whether it is highlighted. Not used for X frames. Aborts when
1003 x_change_line_highlight (new_highlight
, vpos
, y
, first_unused_hpos
)
1004 int new_highlight
, vpos
, y
, first_unused_hpos
;
1010 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
1011 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
1012 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
1016 XTset_terminal_modes ()
1020 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
1021 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
1024 XTreset_terminal_modes ()
1030 /***********************************************************************
1032 ***********************************************************************/
1034 /* Set the global variable output_cursor to CURSOR. All cursor
1035 positions are relative to updated_window. */
1038 set_output_cursor (cursor
)
1039 struct cursor_pos
*cursor
;
1041 output_cursor
.hpos
= cursor
->hpos
;
1042 output_cursor
.vpos
= cursor
->vpos
;
1043 output_cursor
.x
= cursor
->x
;
1044 output_cursor
.y
= cursor
->y
;
1048 /* Set a nominal cursor position.
1050 HPOS and VPOS are column/row positions in a window glyph matrix. X
1051 and Y are window text area relative pixel positions.
1053 If this is done during an update, updated_window will contain the
1054 window that is being updated and the position is the future output
1055 cursor position for that window. If updated_window is null, use
1056 selected_window and display the cursor at the given position. */
1059 XTcursor_to (vpos
, hpos
, y
, x
)
1060 int vpos
, hpos
, y
, x
;
1064 /* If updated_window is not set, work on selected_window. */
1068 w
= XWINDOW (selected_window
);
1070 /* Set the output cursor. */
1071 output_cursor
.hpos
= hpos
;
1072 output_cursor
.vpos
= vpos
;
1073 output_cursor
.x
= x
;
1074 output_cursor
.y
= y
;
1076 /* If not called as part of an update, really display the cursor.
1077 This will also set the cursor position of W. */
1078 if (updated_window
== NULL
)
1081 x_display_cursor (w
, 1, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
);
1082 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (SELECTED_FRAME ()));
1089 /***********************************************************************
1091 ***********************************************************************/
1093 /* Function prototypes of this page. */
1095 static struct face
*x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding
P_ ((struct frame
*,
1099 static struct face
*x_get_char_face_and_encoding
P_ ((struct frame
*, int,
1100 int, XChar2b
*, int));
1101 static XCharStruct
*x_per_char_metric
P_ ((XFontStruct
*, XChar2b
*));
1102 static void x_encode_char
P_ ((int, XChar2b
*, struct font_info
*));
1103 static void x_append_glyph
P_ ((struct it
*));
1104 static void x_append_composite_glyph
P_ ((struct it
*));
1105 static void x_append_stretch_glyph
P_ ((struct it
*it
, Lisp_Object
,
1107 static void x_produce_glyphs
P_ ((struct it
*));
1108 static void x_produce_image_glyph
P_ ((struct it
*it
));
1111 /* Return a pointer to per-char metric information in FONT of a
1112 character pointed by B which is a pointer to an XChar2b. */
1114 #define PER_CHAR_METRIC(font, b) \
1116 ? ((font)->per_char + (b)->byte2 - (font)->min_char_or_byte2 \
1117 + (((font)->min_byte1 || (font)->max_byte1) \
1118 ? (((b)->byte1 - (font)->min_byte1) \
1119 * ((font)->max_char_or_byte2 - (font)->min_char_or_byte2 + 1)) \
1121 : &((font)->max_bounds))
1124 /* Get metrics of character CHAR2B in FONT. Value is null if CHAR2B
1125 is not contained in the font. */
1127 static INLINE XCharStruct
*
1128 x_per_char_metric (font
, char2b
)
1132 /* The result metric information. */
1133 XCharStruct
*pcm
= NULL
;
1135 xassert (font
&& char2b
);
1137 if (font
->per_char
!= NULL
)
1139 if (font
->min_byte1
== 0 && font
->max_byte1
== 0)
1141 /* min_char_or_byte2 specifies the linear character index
1142 corresponding to the first element of the per_char array,
1143 max_char_or_byte2 is the index of the last character. A
1144 character with non-zero CHAR2B->byte1 is not in the font.
1145 A character with byte2 less than min_char_or_byte2 or
1146 greater max_char_or_byte2 is not in the font. */
1147 if (char2b
->byte1
== 0
1148 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
1149 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
1150 pcm
= font
->per_char
+ char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
;
1154 /* If either min_byte1 or max_byte1 are nonzero, both
1155 min_char_or_byte2 and max_char_or_byte2 are less than
1156 256, and the 2-byte character index values corresponding
1157 to the per_char array element N (counting from 0) are:
1159 byte1 = N/D + min_byte1
1160 byte2 = N\D + min_char_or_byte2
1164 D = max_char_or_byte2 - min_char_or_byte2 + 1
1165 / = integer division
1166 \ = integer modulus */
1167 if (char2b
->byte1
>= font
->min_byte1
1168 && char2b
->byte1
<= font
->max_byte1
1169 && char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
1170 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
1172 pcm
= (font
->per_char
1173 + ((font
->max_char_or_byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
+ 1)
1174 * (char2b
->byte1
- font
->min_byte1
))
1175 + (char2b
->byte2
- font
->min_char_or_byte2
));
1181 /* If the per_char pointer is null, all glyphs between the first
1182 and last character indexes inclusive have the same
1183 information, as given by both min_bounds and max_bounds. */
1184 if (char2b
->byte2
>= font
->min_char_or_byte2
1185 && char2b
->byte2
<= font
->max_char_or_byte2
)
1186 pcm
= &font
->max_bounds
;
1189 return ((pcm
== NULL
1190 || pcm
->width
== 0 && (pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->lbearing
) == 0)
1195 /* Encode CHAR2B using encoding information from FONT_INFO. CHAR2B is
1196 the two-byte form of C. Encoding is returned in *CHAR2B. */
1199 x_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
)
1202 struct font_info
*font_info
;
1204 int charset
= CHAR_CHARSET (c
);
1205 XFontStruct
*font
= font_info
->font
;
1207 /* FONT_INFO may define a scheme by which to encode byte1 and byte2.
1208 This may be either a program in a special encoder language or a
1210 if (font_info
->font_encoder
)
1212 /* It's a program. */
1213 struct ccl_program
*ccl
= font_info
->font_encoder
;
1215 if (CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 1)
1217 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
1218 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte2
;
1222 ccl
->reg
[0] = charset
;
1223 ccl
->reg
[1] = char2b
->byte1
;
1224 ccl
->reg
[2] = char2b
->byte2
;
1227 ccl_driver (ccl
, NULL
, NULL
, 0, 0, NULL
);
1229 /* We assume that MSBs are appropriately set/reset by CCL
1231 if (font
->max_byte1
== 0) /* 1-byte font */
1232 char2b
->byte1
= 0, char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[1];
1234 char2b
->byte1
= ccl
->reg
[1], char2b
->byte2
= ccl
->reg
[2];
1236 else if (font_info
->encoding
[charset
])
1238 /* Fixed encoding scheme. See fontset.h for the meaning of the
1239 encoding numbers. */
1240 int enc
= font_info
->encoding
[charset
];
1242 if ((enc
== 1 || enc
== 2)
1243 && CHARSET_DIMENSION (charset
) == 2)
1244 char2b
->byte1
|= 0x80;
1246 if (enc
== 1 || enc
== 3)
1247 char2b
->byte2
|= 0x80;
1252 /* Get face and two-byte form of character C in face FACE_ID on frame
1253 F. The encoding of C is returned in *CHAR2B. MULTIBYTE_P non-zero
1254 means we want to display multibyte text. Value is a pointer to a
1255 realized face that is ready for display. */
1257 static INLINE
struct face
*
1258 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (f
, c
, face_id
, char2b
, multibyte_p
)
1264 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, face_id
);
1268 /* Unibyte case. We don't have to encode, but we have to make
1269 sure to use a face suitable for unibyte. */
1272 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (f
, face
, c
);
1273 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, face_id
);
1275 else if (c
< 128 && face_id
< BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL
)
1277 /* Case of ASCII in a face known to fit ASCII. */
1283 int c1
, c2
, charset
;
1285 /* Split characters into bytes. If c2 is -1 afterwards, C is
1286 really a one-byte character so that byte1 is zero. */
1287 SPLIT_CHAR (c
, charset
, c1
, c2
);
1289 char2b
->byte1
= c1
, char2b
->byte2
= c2
;
1291 char2b
->byte1
= 0, char2b
->byte2
= c1
;
1293 /* Maybe encode the character in *CHAR2B. */
1294 if (face
->font
!= NULL
)
1296 struct font_info
*font_info
1297 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f
, face
->font_info_id
);
1299 x_encode_char (c
, char2b
, font_info
);
1303 /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */
1304 xassert (face
!= NULL
);
1305 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f
, face
);
1311 /* Get face and two-byte form of character glyph GLYPH on frame F.
1312 The encoding of GLYPH->u.ch is returned in *CHAR2B. Value is
1313 a pointer to a realized face that is ready for display. */
1315 static INLINE
struct face
*
1316 x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f
, glyph
, char2b
, two_byte_p
)
1318 struct glyph
*glyph
;
1324 xassert (glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
);
1325 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, glyph
->face_id
);
1330 if (!glyph
->multibyte_p
)
1332 /* Unibyte case. We don't have to encode, but we have to make
1333 sure to use a face suitable for unibyte. */
1335 char2b
->byte2
= glyph
->u
.ch
;
1337 else if (glyph
->u
.ch
< 128
1338 && glyph
->face_id
< BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL
)
1340 /* Case of ASCII in a face known to fit ASCII. */
1342 char2b
->byte2
= glyph
->u
.ch
;
1346 int c1
, c2
, charset
;
1348 /* Split characters into bytes. If c2 is -1 afterwards, C is
1349 really a one-byte character so that byte1 is zero. */
1350 SPLIT_CHAR (glyph
->u
.ch
, charset
, c1
, c2
);
1352 char2b
->byte1
= c1
, char2b
->byte2
= c2
;
1354 char2b
->byte1
= 0, char2b
->byte2
= c1
;
1356 /* Maybe encode the character in *CHAR2B. */
1357 if (charset
!= CHARSET_ASCII
)
1359 struct font_info
*font_info
1360 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f
, face
->font_info_id
);
1363 x_encode_char (glyph
->u
.ch
, char2b
, font_info
);
1366 = ((XFontStruct
*) (font_info
->font
))->max_byte1
> 0;
1371 /* Make sure X resources of the face are allocated. */
1372 xassert (face
!= NULL
);
1373 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (f
, face
);
1378 /* Store one glyph for IT->char_to_display in IT->glyph_row.
1379 Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is non-null. */
1385 struct glyph
*glyph
;
1386 enum glyph_row_area area
= it
->area
;
1388 xassert (it
->glyph_row
);
1389 xassert (it
->char_to_display
!= '\n' && it
->char_to_display
!= '\t');
1391 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1392 if (glyph
< it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
+ 1])
1394 /* Play it safe. If sub-structures of the glyph are not all the
1395 same size, it otherwise be that some bits stay set. This
1396 would prevent a comparison with GLYPH_EQUAL_P. */
1399 glyph
->type
= CHAR_GLYPH
;
1400 glyph
->pixel_width
= it
->pixel_width
;
1401 glyph
->u
.ch
= it
->char_to_display
;
1402 glyph
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
1403 glyph
->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
1404 glyph
->object
= it
->object
;
1405 glyph
->left_box_line_p
= it
->start_of_box_run_p
;
1406 glyph
->right_box_line_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
;
1407 glyph
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
1408 glyph
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
1409 glyph
->overlaps_vertically_p
= (it
->phys_ascent
> it
->ascent
1410 || it
->phys_descent
> it
->descent
);
1411 glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
= it
->glyph_not_available_p
;
1412 ++it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1416 /* Store one glyph for the composition IT->cmp_id in IT->glyph_row.
1417 Called from x_produce_glyphs when IT->glyph_row is non-null. */
1420 x_append_composite_glyph (it
)
1423 struct glyph
*glyph
;
1424 enum glyph_row_area area
= it
->area
;
1426 xassert (it
->glyph_row
);
1428 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1429 if (glyph
< it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
+ 1])
1431 /* Play it safe. If sub-structures of the glyph are not all the
1432 same size, it otherwise be that some bits stay set. This
1433 would prevent a comparison with GLYPH_EQUAL_P. */
1436 glyph
->type
= COMPOSITE_GLYPH
;
1437 glyph
->pixel_width
= it
->pixel_width
;
1438 glyph
->u
.cmp_id
= it
->cmp_id
;
1439 glyph
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
1440 glyph
->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
1441 glyph
->object
= it
->object
;
1442 glyph
->left_box_line_p
= it
->start_of_box_run_p
;
1443 glyph
->right_box_line_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
;
1444 glyph
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
1445 glyph
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
1446 glyph
->overlaps_vertically_p
= (it
->phys_ascent
> it
->ascent
1447 || it
->phys_descent
> it
->descent
);
1448 ++it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1453 /* Change IT->ascent and IT->height according to the setting of
1457 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
)
1462 if (it
->voffset
< 0)
1463 /* Increase the ascent so that we can display the text higher
1465 it
->ascent
+= abs (it
->voffset
);
1467 /* Increase the descent so that we can display the text lower
1469 it
->descent
+= it
->voffset
;
1474 /* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the image IT is loaded with.
1475 See the description of struct display_iterator in dispextern.h for
1476 an overview of struct display_iterator. */
1479 x_produce_image_glyph (it
)
1485 xassert (it
->what
== IT_IMAGE
);
1487 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
1488 img
= IMAGE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->image_id
);
1491 /* Make sure X resources of the face and image are loaded. */
1492 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it
->f
, face
);
1493 prepare_image_for_display (it
->f
, img
);
1495 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= IMAGE_ASCENT (img
);
1496 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= img
->height
+ 2 * img
->margin
- it
->ascent
;
1497 it
->pixel_width
= img
->width
+ 2 * img
->margin
;
1501 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
1503 it
->ascent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
1504 it
->descent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
1506 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
1507 it
->pixel_width
+= face
->box_line_width
;
1508 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
1509 it
->pixel_width
+= face
->box_line_width
;
1512 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
1516 struct glyph
*glyph
;
1517 enum glyph_row_area area
= it
->area
;
1519 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1520 if (glyph
< it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
+ 1])
1522 glyph
->type
= IMAGE_GLYPH
;
1523 glyph
->u
.img_id
= img
->id
;
1524 glyph
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
1525 glyph
->pixel_width
= it
->pixel_width
;
1526 glyph
->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
1527 glyph
->object
= it
->object
;
1528 glyph
->left_box_line_p
= it
->start_of_box_run_p
;
1529 glyph
->right_box_line_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
;
1530 glyph
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
1531 glyph
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
1532 ++it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1538 /* Append a stretch glyph to IT->glyph_row. OBJECT is the source
1539 of the glyph, WIDTH and HEIGHT are the width and height of the
1540 stretch. ASCENT is the percentage/100 of HEIGHT to use for the
1541 ascent of the glyph (0 <= ASCENT <= 1). */
1544 x_append_stretch_glyph (it
, object
, width
, height
, ascent
)
1550 struct glyph
*glyph
;
1551 enum glyph_row_area area
= it
->area
;
1553 xassert (ascent
>= 0 && ascent
<= 1);
1555 glyph
= it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
] + it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1556 if (glyph
< it
->glyph_row
->glyphs
[area
+ 1])
1558 glyph
->type
= STRETCH_GLYPH
;
1559 glyph
->u
.stretch
.ascent
= height
* ascent
;
1560 glyph
->u
.stretch
.height
= height
;
1561 glyph
->face_id
= it
->face_id
;
1562 glyph
->pixel_width
= width
;
1563 glyph
->charpos
= CHARPOS (it
->position
);
1564 glyph
->object
= object
;
1565 glyph
->left_box_line_p
= it
->start_of_box_run_p
;
1566 glyph
->right_box_line_p
= it
->end_of_box_run_p
;
1567 glyph
->voffset
= it
->voffset
;
1568 glyph
->multibyte_p
= it
->multibyte_p
;
1569 ++it
->glyph_row
->used
[area
];
1574 /* Produce a stretch glyph for iterator IT. IT->object is the value
1575 of the glyph property displayed. The value must be a list
1576 `(space KEYWORD VALUE ...)' with the following KEYWORD/VALUE pairs
1579 1. `:width WIDTH' specifies that the space should be WIDTH *
1580 canonical char width wide. WIDTH may be an integer or floating
1583 2. `:relative-width FACTOR' specifies that the width of the stretch
1584 should be computed from the width of the first character having the
1585 `glyph' property, and should be FACTOR times that width.
1587 3. `:align-to HPOS' specifies that the space should be wide enough
1588 to reach HPOS, a value in canonical character units.
1590 Exactly one of the above pairs must be present.
1592 4. `:height HEIGHT' specifies that the height of the stretch produced
1593 should be HEIGHT, measured in canonical character units.
1595 5. `:relative-height FACTOR' specifies that the height of the the
1596 stretch should be FACTOR times the height of the characters having
1599 Either none or exactly one of 4 or 5 must be present.
1601 6. `:ascent ASCENT' specifies that ASCENT percent of the height
1602 of the stretch should be used for the ascent of the stretch.
1603 ASCENT must be in the range 0 <= ASCENT <= 100. */
1606 ((INTEGERP (X) || FLOATP (X)) \
1612 x_produce_stretch_glyph (it
)
1615 /* (space :width WIDTH :height HEIGHT. */
1616 extern Lisp_Object QCwidth
, QCheight
, QCascent
, Qspace
;
1617 extern Lisp_Object QCrelative_width
, QCrelative_height
;
1618 extern Lisp_Object QCalign_to
;
1619 Lisp_Object prop
, plist
;
1620 double width
= 0, height
= 0, ascent
= 0;
1621 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
1622 XFontStruct
*font
= face
->font
? face
->font
: FRAME_FONT (it
->f
);
1624 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (it
->f
, face
);
1626 /* List should start with `space'. */
1627 xassert (CONSP (it
->object
) && EQ (XCAR (it
->object
), Qspace
));
1628 plist
= XCDR (it
->object
);
1630 /* Compute the width of the stretch. */
1631 if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCwidth
),
1633 /* Absolute width `:width WIDTH' specified and valid. */
1634 width
= NUMVAL (prop
) * CANON_X_UNIT (it
->f
);
1635 else if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCrelative_width
),
1638 /* Relative width `:relative-width FACTOR' specified and valid.
1639 Compute the width of the characters having the `glyph'
1642 unsigned char *p
= BYTE_POS_ADDR (IT_BYTEPOS (*it
));
1645 if (it
->multibyte_p
)
1647 int maxlen
= ((IT_BYTEPOS (*it
) >= GPT
? ZV
: GPT
)
1648 - IT_BYTEPOS (*it
));
1649 it2
.c
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (p
, maxlen
, it2
.len
);
1652 it2
.c
= *p
, it2
.len
= 1;
1654 it2
.glyph_row
= NULL
;
1655 it2
.what
= IT_CHARACTER
;
1656 x_produce_glyphs (&it2
);
1657 width
= NUMVAL (prop
) * it2
.pixel_width
;
1659 else if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCalign_to
),
1661 width
= NUMVAL (prop
) * CANON_X_UNIT (it
->f
) - it
->current_x
;
1663 /* Nothing specified -> width defaults to canonical char width. */
1664 width
= CANON_X_UNIT (it
->f
);
1666 /* Compute height. */
1667 if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCheight
),
1669 height
= NUMVAL (prop
) * CANON_Y_UNIT (it
->f
);
1670 else if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCrelative_height
),
1672 height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
) * NUMVAL (prop
);
1674 height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
1676 /* Compute percentage of height used for ascent. If
1677 `:ascent ASCENT' is present and valid, use that. Otherwise,
1678 derive the ascent from the font in use. */
1679 if (prop
= Fplist_get (plist
, QCascent
),
1680 NUMVAL (prop
) > 0 && NUMVAL (prop
) <= 100)
1681 ascent
= NUMVAL (prop
) / 100.0;
1683 ascent
= (double) font
->ascent
/ FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
1692 Lisp_Object object
= it
->stack
[it
->sp
- 1].string
;
1693 if (!STRINGP (object
))
1694 object
= it
->w
->buffer
;
1695 x_append_stretch_glyph (it
, object
, width
, height
, ascent
);
1698 it
->pixel_width
= width
;
1699 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= height
* ascent
;
1700 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= height
- it
->ascent
;
1703 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
1705 it
->ascent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
1706 it
->descent
+= face
->box_line_width
;
1708 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
1709 it
->pixel_width
+= face
->box_line_width
;
1710 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
1711 it
->pixel_width
+= face
->box_line_width
;
1714 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
1717 /* Return proper value to be used as baseline offset of font that has
1718 ASCENT and DESCENT to draw characters by the font at the vertical
1719 center of the line of frame F.
1721 Here, out task is to find the value of BOFF in the following figure;
1723 -------------------------+-----------+-
1724 -+-+---------+-+ | |
1726 | | | | F_ASCENT F_HEIGHT
1729 | | |-|-+------+-----------|------- baseline
1731 | |---------|-+-+ | |
1733 -+-+---------+-+ F_DESCENT |
1734 -------------------------+-----------+-
1736 -BOFF + DESCENT + (F_HEIGHT - HEIGHT) / 2 = F_DESCENT
1737 BOFF = DESCENT + (F_HEIGHT - HEIGHT) / 2 - F_DESCENT
1738 DESCENT = FONT->descent
1739 HEIGHT = FONT_HEIGHT (FONT)
1740 F_DESCENT = (F->output_data.x->font->descent
1741 - F->output_data.x->baseline_offset)
1742 F_HEIGHT = FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (F)
1745 #define VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET(FONT, F) \
1747 + (FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT ((F)) - FONT_HEIGHT ((FONT))) / 2 \
1748 - ((F)->output_data.x->font->descent - (F)->output_data.x->baseline_offset))
1750 /* Produce glyphs/get display metrics for the display element IT is
1751 loaded with. See the description of struct display_iterator in
1752 dispextern.h for an overview of struct display_iterator. */
1755 x_produce_glyphs (it
)
1758 it
->glyph_not_available_p
= 0;
1760 if (it
->what
== IT_CHARACTER
)
1764 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
1766 int font_not_found_p
;
1767 struct font_info
*font_info
;
1768 int boff
; /* baseline offset */
1770 /* Maybe translate single-byte characters to multibyte, or the
1772 it
->char_to_display
= it
->c
;
1773 if (!ASCII_BYTE_P (it
->c
))
1775 if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment
1776 && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it
->c
)
1778 || !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table
)))
1780 it
->char_to_display
= unibyte_char_to_multibyte (it
->c
);
1781 it
->face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, it
->char_to_display
);
1782 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
1784 else if (!SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it
->c
)
1785 && !it
->multibyte_p
)
1787 it
->char_to_display
= multibyte_char_to_unibyte (it
->c
, Qnil
);
1788 it
->face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, it
->char_to_display
);
1789 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
1793 /* Get font to use. Encode IT->char_to_display. */
1794 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it
->f
, it
->char_to_display
,
1795 it
->face_id
, &char2b
,
1799 /* When no suitable font found, use the default font. */
1800 font_not_found_p
= font
== NULL
;
1801 if (font_not_found_p
)
1803 font
= FRAME_FONT (it
->f
);
1804 boff
= it
->f
->output_data
.x
->baseline_offset
;
1809 font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face
->font_info_id
);
1810 boff
= font_info
->baseline_offset
;
1811 if (font_info
->vertical_centering
)
1812 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, it
->f
) - boff
;
1815 if (it
->char_to_display
>= ' '
1816 && (!it
->multibyte_p
|| it
->char_to_display
< 128))
1818 /* Either unibyte or ASCII. */
1823 pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
);
1824 it
->ascent
= font
->ascent
+ boff
;
1825 it
->descent
= font
->descent
- boff
;
1826 it
->phys_ascent
= pcm
->ascent
+ boff
;
1827 it
->phys_descent
= pcm
->descent
- boff
;
1828 it
->pixel_width
= pcm
->width
;
1830 /* If this is a space inside a region of text with
1831 `space-width' property, change its width. */
1832 stretched_p
= it
->char_to_display
== ' ' && !NILP (it
->space_width
);
1834 it
->pixel_width
*= XFLOATINT (it
->space_width
);
1836 /* If face has a box, add the box thickness to the character
1837 height. If character has a box line to the left and/or
1838 right, add the box line width to the character's width. */
1839 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
1841 int thick
= face
->box_line_width
;
1843 it
->ascent
+= thick
;
1844 it
->descent
+= thick
;
1846 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
1847 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
1848 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
1849 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
1852 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
1853 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
1854 if (face
->overline_p
)
1857 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
1859 /* If we have to actually produce glyphs, do it. */
1864 /* Translate a space with a `space-width' property
1865 into a stretch glyph. */
1866 double ascent
= (double) font
->ascent
/ FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
1867 x_append_stretch_glyph (it
, it
->object
, it
->pixel_width
,
1868 it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
, ascent
);
1871 x_append_glyph (it
);
1873 /* If characters with lbearing or rbearing are displayed
1874 in this line, record that fact in a flag of the
1875 glyph row. This is used to optimize X output code. */
1876 if (pcm
->lbearing
< 0
1877 || pcm
->rbearing
> pcm
->width
)
1878 it
->glyph_row
->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p
= 1;
1881 else if (it
->char_to_display
== '\n')
1883 /* A newline has no width but we need the height of the line. */
1884 it
->pixel_width
= 0;
1886 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= font
->ascent
+ boff
;
1887 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= font
->descent
- boff
;
1889 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
1891 int thick
= face
->box_line_width
;
1892 it
->ascent
+= thick
;
1893 it
->descent
+= thick
;
1896 else if (it
->char_to_display
== '\t')
1898 int tab_width
= it
->tab_width
* CANON_X_UNIT (it
->f
);
1899 int x
= (it
->current_x
1901 + it
->continuation_lines_width
);
1902 int next_tab_x
= ((1 + x
+ tab_width
- 1) / tab_width
) * tab_width
;
1904 it
->pixel_width
= next_tab_x
- x
;
1906 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= font
->ascent
+ boff
;
1907 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= font
->descent
- boff
;
1911 double ascent
= (double) it
->ascent
/ (it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
);
1912 x_append_stretch_glyph (it
, it
->object
, it
->pixel_width
,
1913 it
->ascent
+ it
->descent
, ascent
);
1918 /* A multi-byte character. Assume that the display width of the
1919 character is the width of the character multiplied by the
1920 width of the font. */
1922 /* If we found a font, this font should give us the right
1923 metrics. If we didn't find a font, use the frame's
1924 default font and calculate the width of the character
1925 from the charset width; this is what old redisplay code
1927 pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
);
1928 if (font_not_found_p
|| !pcm
)
1930 int charset
= CHAR_CHARSET (it
->char_to_display
);
1932 it
->glyph_not_available_p
= 1;
1933 it
->pixel_width
= (FONT_WIDTH (FRAME_FONT (it
->f
))
1934 * CHARSET_WIDTH (charset
));
1935 it
->phys_ascent
= font
->ascent
+ boff
;
1936 it
->phys_descent
= font
->descent
- boff
;
1940 it
->pixel_width
= pcm
->width
;
1941 it
->phys_ascent
= pcm
->ascent
+ boff
;
1942 it
->phys_descent
= pcm
->descent
- boff
;
1944 && (pcm
->lbearing
< 0
1945 || pcm
->rbearing
> pcm
->width
))
1946 it
->glyph_row
->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p
= 1;
1949 it
->ascent
= font
->ascent
+ boff
;
1950 it
->descent
= font
->descent
- boff
;
1951 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
1953 int thick
= face
->box_line_width
;
1954 it
->ascent
+= thick
;
1955 it
->descent
+= thick
;
1957 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
1958 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
1959 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
1960 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
1963 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
1964 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
1965 if (face
->overline_p
)
1968 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
1971 x_append_glyph (it
);
1974 else if (it
->what
== IT_COMPOSITION
)
1976 /* Note: A composition is represented as one glyph in the
1977 glyph matrix. There are no padding glyphs. */
1980 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
1982 int font_not_found_p
;
1983 struct font_info
*font_info
;
1984 int boff
; /* baseline offset */
1985 struct composition
*cmp
= composition_table
[it
->cmp_id
];
1987 /* Maybe translate single-byte characters to multibyte. */
1988 it
->char_to_display
= it
->c
;
1989 if (unibyte_display_via_language_environment
1990 && SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (it
->c
)
1993 && !NILP (Vnonascii_translation_table
))))
1995 it
->char_to_display
= unibyte_char_to_multibyte (it
->c
);
1998 /* Get face and font to use. Encode IT->char_to_display. */
1999 it
->face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, it
->char_to_display
);
2000 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, it
->face_id
);
2001 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it
->f
, it
->char_to_display
,
2002 it
->face_id
, &char2b
, it
->multibyte_p
);
2005 /* When no suitable font found, use the default font. */
2006 font_not_found_p
= font
== NULL
;
2007 if (font_not_found_p
)
2009 font
= FRAME_FONT (it
->f
);
2010 boff
= it
->f
->output_data
.x
->baseline_offset
;
2015 font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face
->font_info_id
);
2016 boff
= font_info
->baseline_offset
;
2017 if (font_info
->vertical_centering
)
2018 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, it
->f
) - boff
;
2021 /* There are no padding glyphs, so there is only one glyph to
2022 produce for the composition. Important is that pixel_width,
2023 ascent and descent are the values of what is drawn by
2024 draw_glyphs (i.e. the values of the overall glyphs composed). */
2027 /* If we have not yet calculated pixel size data of glyphs of
2028 the composition for the current face font, calculate them
2029 now. Theoretically, we have to check all fonts for the
2030 glyphs, but that requires much time and memory space. So,
2031 here we check only the font of the first glyph. This leads
2032 to incorrect display very rarely, and C-l (recenter) can
2033 correct the display anyway. */
2034 if (cmp
->font
!= (void *) font
)
2036 /* Ascent and descent of the font of the first character of
2037 this composition (adjusted by baseline offset). Ascent
2038 and descent of overall glyphs should not be less than
2039 them respectively. */
2040 int font_ascent
= font
->ascent
+ boff
;
2041 int font_descent
= font
->descent
- boff
;
2042 /* Bounding box of the overall glyphs. */
2043 int leftmost
, rightmost
, lowest
, highest
;
2046 cmp
->font
= (void *) font
;
2048 /* Initialize the bounding box. */
2049 pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
);
2051 rightmost
= pcm
->width
;
2052 lowest
= - pcm
->descent
+ boff
;
2053 highest
= pcm
->ascent
+ boff
;
2055 && font_info
->default_ascent
2056 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vuse_default_ascent
)
2057 && !NILP (Faref (Vuse_default_ascent
,
2058 make_number (it
->char_to_display
))))
2059 highest
= font_info
->default_ascent
+ boff
;
2061 /* Draw the first glyph at the normal position. It may be
2062 shifted to right later if some other glyphs are drawn at
2064 cmp
->offsets
[0] = 0;
2065 cmp
->offsets
[1] = boff
;
2067 /* Set cmp->offsets for the remaining glyphs. */
2068 for (i
= 1; i
< cmp
->glyph_len
; i
++)
2070 int left
, right
, btm
, top
;
2071 int ch
= COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp
, i
);
2072 int face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (it
->f
, face
, ch
);
2074 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face_id
);
2075 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (it
->f
, ch
, face
->id
, &char2b
,
2080 font
= FRAME_FONT (it
->f
);
2081 boff
= it
->f
->output_data
.x
->baseline_offset
;
2087 = FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (it
->f
, face
->font_info_id
);
2088 boff
= font_info
->baseline_offset
;
2089 if (font_info
->vertical_centering
)
2090 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, it
->f
) - boff
;
2093 pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
);
2095 if (cmp
->method
!= COMPOSITION_WITH_RULE_ALTCHARS
)
2097 /* Relative composition with or without
2099 left
= (leftmost
+ rightmost
- pcm
->width
) / 2;
2100 btm
= - pcm
->descent
+ boff
;
2101 if (font_info
&& font_info
->relative_compose
2102 && (! CHAR_TABLE_P (Vignore_relative_composition
)
2103 || NILP (Faref (Vignore_relative_composition
,
2104 make_number (ch
)))))
2108 >= font_info
->relative_compose
)
2109 /* One extra pixel between two glyphs. */
2111 else if (pcm
->ascent
<= 0)
2112 /* One extra pixel between two glyphs. */
2113 btm
= lowest
- 1 - pcm
->ascent
- pcm
->descent
;
2118 /* A composition rule is specified by an integer
2119 value that encodes global and new reference
2120 points (GREF and NREF). GREF and NREF are
2121 specified by numbers as below:
2129 ---3---4---5--- baseline
2131 6---7---8 -- descent
2133 int rule
= COMPOSITION_RULE (cmp
, i
);
2134 int gref
, nref
, grefx
, grefy
, nrefx
, nrefy
;
2136 COMPOSITION_DECODE_RULE (rule
, gref
, nref
);
2137 grefx
= gref
% 3, nrefx
= nref
% 3;
2138 grefy
= gref
/ 3, nrefy
= nref
/ 3;
2141 + grefx
* (rightmost
- leftmost
) / 2
2142 - nrefx
* pcm
->width
/ 2);
2143 btm
= ((grefy
== 0 ? highest
2145 : grefy
== 2 ? lowest
2146 : (highest
+ lowest
) / 2)
2147 - (nrefy
== 0 ? pcm
->ascent
+ pcm
->descent
2148 : nrefy
== 1 ? pcm
->descent
- boff
2150 : (pcm
->ascent
+ pcm
->descent
) / 2));
2153 cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2] = left
;
2154 cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2 + 1] = btm
+ pcm
->descent
;
2156 /* Update the bounding box of the overall glyphs. */
2157 right
= left
+ pcm
->width
;
2158 top
= btm
+ pcm
->descent
+ pcm
->ascent
;
2159 if (left
< leftmost
)
2161 if (right
> rightmost
)
2169 /* If there are glyphs whose x-offsets are negative,
2170 shift all glyphs to the right and make all x-offsets
2174 for (i
= 0; i
< cmp
->glyph_len
; i
++)
2175 cmp
->offsets
[i
* 2] -= leftmost
;
2176 rightmost
-= leftmost
;
2179 cmp
->pixel_width
= rightmost
;
2180 cmp
->ascent
= highest
;
2181 cmp
->descent
= - lowest
;
2182 if (cmp
->ascent
< font_ascent
)
2183 cmp
->ascent
= font_ascent
;
2184 if (cmp
->descent
< font_descent
)
2185 cmp
->descent
= font_descent
;
2188 it
->pixel_width
= cmp
->pixel_width
;
2189 it
->ascent
= it
->phys_ascent
= cmp
->ascent
;
2190 it
->descent
= it
->phys_descent
= cmp
->descent
;
2192 if (face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2194 int thick
= face
->box_line_width
;
2195 it
->ascent
+= thick
;
2196 it
->descent
+= thick
;
2198 if (it
->start_of_box_run_p
)
2199 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
2200 if (it
->end_of_box_run_p
)
2201 it
->pixel_width
+= thick
;
2204 /* If face has an overline, add the height of the overline
2205 (1 pixel) and a 1 pixel margin to the character height. */
2206 if (face
->overline_p
)
2209 take_vertical_position_into_account (it
);
2212 x_append_composite_glyph (it
);
2214 else if (it
->what
== IT_IMAGE
)
2215 x_produce_image_glyph (it
);
2216 else if (it
->what
== IT_STRETCH
)
2217 x_produce_stretch_glyph (it
);
2219 /* Accumulate dimensions. */
2220 xassert (it
->ascent
>= 0 && it
->descent
> 0);
2221 if (it
->area
== TEXT_AREA
)
2222 it
->current_x
+= it
->pixel_width
;
2224 it
->max_ascent
= max (it
->max_ascent
, it
->ascent
);
2225 it
->max_descent
= max (it
->max_descent
, it
->descent
);
2226 it
->max_phys_ascent
= max (it
->max_phys_ascent
, it
->phys_ascent
);
2227 it
->max_phys_descent
= max (it
->max_phys_descent
, it
->phys_descent
);
2231 /* Estimate the pixel height of the mode or top line on frame F.
2232 FACE_ID specifies what line's height to estimate. */
2235 x_estimate_mode_line_height (f
, face_id
)
2237 enum face_id face_id
;
2241 /* This function is called so early when Emacs starts that the face
2242 cache and mode line face are not yet initialized. */
2243 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
2245 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, face_id
);
2247 height
= FONT_HEIGHT (face
->font
) + 2 * face
->box_line_width
;
2254 /***********************************************************************
2256 ***********************************************************************/
2258 /* A sequence of glyphs to be drawn in the same face.
2260 This data structure is not really completely X specific, so it
2261 could possibly, at least partially, be useful for other systems. It
2262 is currently not part of the external redisplay interface because
2263 it's not clear what other systems will need. */
2267 /* X-origin of the string. */
2270 /* Y-origin and y-position of the base line of this string. */
2273 /* The width of the string, not including a face extension. */
2276 /* The width of the string, including a face extension. */
2277 int background_width
;
2279 /* The height of this string. This is the height of the line this
2280 string is drawn in, and can be different from the height of the
2281 font the string is drawn in. */
2284 /* Number of pixels this string overwrites in front of its x-origin.
2285 This number is zero if the string has an lbearing >= 0; it is
2286 -lbearing, if the string has an lbearing < 0. */
2289 /* Number of pixels this string overwrites past its right-most
2290 nominal x-position, i.e. x + width. Zero if the string's
2291 rbearing is <= its nominal width, rbearing - width otherwise. */
2294 /* The frame on which the glyph string is drawn. */
2297 /* The window on which the glyph string is drawn. */
2300 /* X display and window for convenience. */
2304 /* The glyph row for which this string was built. It determines the
2305 y-origin and height of the string. */
2306 struct glyph_row
*row
;
2308 /* The area within row. */
2309 enum glyph_row_area area
;
2311 /* Characters to be drawn, and number of characters. */
2315 /* A face-override for drawing cursors, mouse face and similar. */
2316 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
2318 /* Face in which this string is to be drawn. */
2321 /* Font in which this string is to be drawn. */
2324 /* Font info for this string. */
2325 struct font_info
*font_info
;
2327 /* Non-null means this string describes (part of) a composition.
2328 All characters from char2b are drawn composed. */
2329 struct composition
*cmp
;
2331 /* Index of this glyph string's first character in the glyph
2332 definition of CMP. If this is zero, this glyph string describes
2333 the first character of a composition. */
2336 /* 1 means this glyph strings face has to be drawn to the right end
2337 of the window's drawing area. */
2338 unsigned extends_to_end_of_line_p
: 1;
2340 /* 1 means the background of this string has been drawn. */
2341 unsigned background_filled_p
: 1;
2343 /* 1 means glyph string must be drawn with 16-bit functions. */
2344 unsigned two_byte_p
: 1;
2346 /* 1 means that the original font determined for drawing this glyph
2347 string could not be loaded. The member `font' has been set to
2348 the frame's default font in this case. */
2349 unsigned font_not_found_p
: 1;
2351 /* 1 means that the face in which this glyph string is drawn has a
2353 unsigned stippled_p
: 1;
2355 /* 1 means only the foreground of this glyph string must be drawn,
2356 and we should use the physical height of the line this glyph
2357 string appears in as clip rect. */
2358 unsigned for_overlaps_p
: 1;
2360 /* The GC to use for drawing this glyph string. */
2363 /* A pointer to the first glyph in the string. This glyph
2364 corresponds to char2b[0]. Needed to draw rectangles if
2365 font_not_found_p is 1. */
2366 struct glyph
*first_glyph
;
2368 /* Image, if any. */
2371 struct glyph_string
*next
, *prev
;
2378 x_dump_glyph_string (s
)
2379 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2381 fprintf (stderr
, "glyph string\n");
2382 fprintf (stderr
, " x, y, w, h = %d, %d, %d, %d\n",
2383 s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->width
, s
->height
);
2384 fprintf (stderr
, " ybase = %d\n", s
->ybase
);
2385 fprintf (stderr
, " hl = %d\n", s
->hl
);
2386 fprintf (stderr
, " left overhang = %d, right = %d\n",
2387 s
->left_overhang
, s
->right_overhang
);
2388 fprintf (stderr
, " nchars = %d\n", s
->nchars
);
2389 fprintf (stderr
, " extends to end of line = %d\n",
2390 s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
);
2391 fprintf (stderr
, " font height = %d\n", FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
));
2392 fprintf (stderr
, " bg width = %d\n", s
->background_width
);
2395 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
2399 static void x_append_glyph_string_lists
P_ ((struct glyph_string
**,
2400 struct glyph_string
**,
2401 struct glyph_string
*,
2402 struct glyph_string
*));
2403 static void x_prepend_glyph_string_lists
P_ ((struct glyph_string
**,
2404 struct glyph_string
**,
2405 struct glyph_string
*,
2406 struct glyph_string
*));
2407 static void x_append_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
**,
2408 struct glyph_string
**,
2409 struct glyph_string
*));
2410 static int x_left_overwritten
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2411 static int x_left_overwriting
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2412 static int x_right_overwritten
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2413 static int x_right_overwriting
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2414 static int x_fill_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int,
2416 static void x_init_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
2417 XChar2b
*, struct window
*,
2419 enum glyph_row_area
, int,
2420 enum draw_glyphs_face
));
2421 static int x_draw_glyphs
P_ ((struct window
*, int , struct glyph_row
*,
2422 enum glyph_row_area
, int, int,
2423 enum draw_glyphs_face
, int *, int *, int));
2424 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2425 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2426 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
2428 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2429 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2430 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2431 static void x_draw_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2432 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2433 static void x_set_cursor_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2434 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2435 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2436 static void x_get_glyph_overhangs
P_ ((struct glyph
*, struct frame
*,
2438 static void x_compute_overhangs_and_x
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int));
2439 static int x_alloc_lighter_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
2440 unsigned long *, double, int));
2441 static void x_setup_relief_color
P_ ((struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
2442 double, int, unsigned long));
2443 static void x_setup_relief_colors
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2444 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2445 static void x_draw_image_relief
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2446 static void x_draw_image_foreground
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2447 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
));
2448 static void x_fill_image_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*));
2449 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int,
2451 static void x_draw_relief_rect
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
2452 int, int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
2453 static void x_draw_box_rect
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
2454 int, int, int, XRectangle
*));
2455 static void x_fix_overlapping_area
P_ ((struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
2456 enum glyph_row_area
));
2459 /* Append the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the list
2460 with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the result. */
2463 x_append_glyph_string_lists (head
, tail
, h
, t
)
2464 struct glyph_string
**head
, **tail
;
2465 struct glyph_string
*h
, *t
;
2479 /* Prepend the list of glyph strings with head H and tail T to the
2480 list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL. Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the
2484 x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (head
, tail
, h
, t
)
2485 struct glyph_string
**head
, **tail
;
2486 struct glyph_string
*h
, *t
;
2500 /* Append glyph string S to the list with head *HEAD and tail *TAIL.
2501 Set *HEAD and *TAIL to the resulting list. */
2504 x_append_glyph_string (head
, tail
, s
)
2505 struct glyph_string
**head
, **tail
;
2506 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2508 s
->next
= s
->prev
= NULL
;
2509 x_append_glyph_string_lists (head
, tail
, s
, s
);
2513 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
2518 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2520 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
2521 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
2522 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
2524 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
2527 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
2531 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
2532 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
2534 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
2535 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
2536 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
2537 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
2538 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
2539 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
2540 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
2542 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
2543 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
2544 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
2546 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
2547 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
2550 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
2551 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
2552 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
2553 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
2555 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
2556 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
2559 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
2560 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2562 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
2567 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
2570 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
)
2571 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2576 /* What face has to be used for the mouse face? */
2577 face_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
2578 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
2579 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
);
2580 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
2581 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
2583 /* If font in this face is same as S->font, use it. */
2584 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
2585 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
2588 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
2593 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
2594 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
2595 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
2596 xgcv
.font
= s
->font
->fid
;
2597 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
2598 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCFont
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
2600 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
2601 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
2604 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
2605 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2607 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
2610 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
2614 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
2615 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
2616 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
2619 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
)
2620 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2622 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
2623 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
2627 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
2628 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
2632 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
)
2633 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2635 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
2637 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
2638 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2640 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
2642 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
2643 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2645 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2647 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
2650 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
2652 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2653 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2655 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2656 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2658 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
2659 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2663 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
2664 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2667 /* GC must have been set. */
2668 xassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
2672 /* Return in *R the clipping rectangle for glyph string S. */
2675 x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, r
)
2676 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2679 if (s
->row
->full_width_p
)
2681 /* Draw full-width. X coordinates are relative to S->w->left. */
2682 int canon_x
= CANON_X_UNIT (s
->f
);
2684 r
->x
= WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (s
->w
) * canon_x
;
2685 r
->width
= XFASTINT (s
->w
->width
) * canon_x
;
2687 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (s
->f
))
2689 int width
= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (s
->f
) * canon_x
;
2690 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_LEFT (s
->f
))
2694 r
->x
+= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (s
->f
);
2696 /* Unless displaying a mode or menu bar line, which are always
2697 fully visible, clip to the visible part of the row. */
2698 if (s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2699 r
->height
= s
->row
->visible_height
;
2701 r
->height
= s
->height
;
2705 /* This is a text line that may be partially visible. */
2706 r
->x
= WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (s
->w
, s
->area
, 0);
2707 r
->width
= window_box_width (s
->w
, s
->area
);
2708 r
->height
= s
->row
->visible_height
;
2711 /* Don't use S->y for clipping because it doesn't take partially
2712 visible lines into account. For example, it can be negative for
2713 partially visible lines at the top of a window. */
2714 if (!s
->row
->full_width_p
2715 && MATRIX_ROW_PARTIALLY_VISIBLE_AT_TOP_P (s
->w
, s
->row
))
2716 r
->y
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (s
->w
);
2718 r
->y
= max (0, s
->row
->y
);
2720 /* If drawing a tool-bar window, draw it over the internal border
2721 at the top of the window. */
2722 if (s
->w
== XWINDOW (s
->f
->tool_bar_window
))
2723 r
->y
-= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->internal_border_width
;
2725 /* If S draws overlapping rows, it's sufficient to use the top and
2726 bottom of the window for clipping because this glyph string
2727 intentionally draws over other lines. */
2728 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
)
2730 r
->y
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (s
->w
);
2731 r
->height
= window_text_bottom_y (s
->w
) - r
->y
;
2734 r
->y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (s
->w
, r
->y
);
2738 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
2739 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
2742 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
)
2743 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2746 x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2747 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2751 /* Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. If S is a glyph
2752 string for a composition, assume overhangs don't exist. */
2755 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
)
2756 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2759 && s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2762 int direction
, font_ascent
, font_descent
;
2763 XTextExtents16 (s
->font
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
, &direction
,
2764 &font_ascent
, &font_descent
, &cs
);
2765 s
->right_overhang
= cs
.rbearing
> cs
.width
? cs
.rbearing
- cs
.width
: 0;
2766 s
->left_overhang
= cs
.lbearing
< 0 ? -cs
.lbearing
: 0;
2771 /* Compute overhangs and x-positions for glyph string S and its
2772 predecessors, or successors. X is the starting x-position for S.
2773 BACKWARD_P non-zero means process predecessors. */
2776 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (s
, x
, backward_p
)
2777 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2785 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
);
2795 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
);
2804 /* Set *LEFT and *RIGHT to the left and right overhang of GLYPH on
2805 frame F. Overhangs of glyphs other than type CHAR_GLYPH are
2806 assumed to be zero. */
2809 x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyph
, f
, left
, right
)
2810 struct glyph
*glyph
;
2818 if (glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2822 struct font_info
*font_info
;
2826 face
= x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (f
, glyph
, &char2b
, NULL
);
2828 font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (f
, face
->font_info_id
);
2830 && (pcm
= x_per_char_metric (font
, &char2b
)))
2832 if (pcm
->rbearing
> pcm
->width
)
2833 *right
= pcm
->rbearing
- pcm
->width
;
2834 if (pcm
->lbearing
< 0)
2835 *left
= -pcm
->lbearing
;
2841 /* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that
2842 is overwritten by S because of S's left overhang. Value is -1
2843 if no glyphs are overwritten. */
2846 x_left_overwritten (s
)
2847 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2851 if (s
->left_overhang
)
2854 struct glyph
*glyphs
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
2855 int first
= s
->first_glyph
- glyphs
;
2857 for (i
= first
- 1; i
>= 0 && x
> -s
->left_overhang
; --i
)
2858 x
-= glyphs
[i
].pixel_width
;
2869 /* Return the index of the first glyph preceding glyph string S that
2870 is overwriting S because of its right overhang. Value is -1 if no
2871 glyph in front of S overwrites S. */
2874 x_left_overwriting (s
)
2875 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2878 struct glyph
*glyphs
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
2879 int first
= s
->first_glyph
- glyphs
;
2883 for (i
= first
- 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
2886 x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyphs
+ i
, s
->f
, &left
, &right
);
2889 x
-= glyphs
[i
].pixel_width
;
2896 /* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that is
2897 not overwritten by S because of S's right overhang. Value is -1 if
2898 no such glyph is found. */
2901 x_right_overwritten (s
)
2902 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2906 if (s
->right_overhang
)
2909 struct glyph
*glyphs
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
2910 int first
= (s
->first_glyph
- glyphs
) + (s
->cmp
? 1 : s
->nchars
);
2911 int end
= s
->row
->used
[s
->area
];
2913 for (i
= first
; i
< end
&& s
->right_overhang
> x
; ++i
)
2914 x
+= glyphs
[i
].pixel_width
;
2923 /* Return the index of the last glyph following glyph string S that
2924 overwrites S because of its left overhang. Value is negative
2925 if no such glyph is found. */
2928 x_right_overwriting (s
)
2929 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2932 int end
= s
->row
->used
[s
->area
];
2933 struct glyph
*glyphs
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
2934 int first
= (s
->first_glyph
- glyphs
) + (s
->cmp
? 1 : s
->nchars
);
2938 for (i
= first
; i
< end
; ++i
)
2941 x_get_glyph_overhangs (glyphs
+ i
, s
->f
, &left
, &right
);
2944 x
+= glyphs
[i
].pixel_width
;
2951 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
2954 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
2955 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2959 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2960 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2961 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2962 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2966 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
2967 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
2968 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
2969 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
2970 contains the first component of a composition. */
2973 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, force_p
)
2974 struct glyph_string
*s
;
2977 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
2978 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
2979 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2983 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2984 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2985 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
2986 s
->y
+ s
->face
->box_line_width
,
2987 s
->background_width
,
2988 s
->height
- 2 * s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2989 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2990 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2992 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * s
->face
->box_line_width
2993 || s
->font_not_found_p
2994 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2997 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ s
->face
->box_line_width
,
2998 s
->background_width
,
2999 s
->height
- 2 * s
->face
->box_line_width
);
3000 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
3006 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
3009 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
3010 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3014 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
3015 of S to the right of that box line. */
3016 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
3017 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
3018 x
= s
->x
+ s
->face
->box_line_width
;
3022 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
3024 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
3026 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
3028 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
3029 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
3030 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
3032 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
3037 char *char1b
= (char *) s
->char2b
;
3038 int boff
= s
->font_info
->baseline_offset
;
3040 if (s
->font_info
->vertical_centering
)
3041 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (s
->font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
3043 /* If we can use 8-bit functions, condense S->char2b. */
3045 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
3046 char1b
[i
] = s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
3048 /* Draw text with XDrawString if background has already been
3049 filled. Otherwise, use XDrawImageString. (Note that
3050 XDrawImageString is usually faster than XDrawString.) Always
3051 use XDrawImageString when drawing the cursor so that there is
3052 no chance that characters under a box cursor are invisible. */
3053 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
3054 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
3056 /* Draw characters with 16-bit or 8-bit functions. */
3058 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
3059 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
3061 XDrawString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
3062 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
3067 XDrawImageString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
3068 s
->ybase
- boff
, s
->char2b
, s
->nchars
);
3070 XDrawImageString (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
,
3071 s
->ybase
- boff
, char1b
, s
->nchars
);
3076 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
3079 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
)
3080 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3084 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
3085 of S to the right of that box line. */
3086 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
3087 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
3088 x
= s
->x
+ s
->face
->box_line_width
;
3092 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->gidx is the index of
3093 the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
3094 S->gidx == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
3095 this composition. */
3097 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
3098 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
3099 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
3102 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
3103 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
3107 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, ++s
->gidx
)
3108 XDrawString16 (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
3109 x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2],
3110 s
->ybase
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[s
->gidx
* 2 + 1],
3116 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3118 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on the screen and display of
3119 widget WIDGET in colormap CMAP. If an exact match cannot be
3120 allocated, try the nearest color available. Value is non-zero
3121 if successful. This is called from lwlib. */
3124 x_alloc_nearest_color_for_widget (widget
, cmap
, color
)
3130 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3133 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
3135 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
3136 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
3137 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
3138 x_any_window_to_frame. */
3139 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
3140 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
3142 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
3143 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
3144 for (tail
= Vframe_list
; GC_CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
3145 if (GC_FRAMEP (XCAR (tail
))
3146 && (f
= XFRAME (XCAR (tail
)),
3147 (f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
3148 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
))
3149 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
3150 return x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
);
3155 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3158 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on SCREEN of DISPLAY, colormap
3159 CMAP. If an exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color
3160 available. Value is non-zero if successful. Set *COLOR to the
3164 x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, color
)
3169 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
3170 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
);
3173 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
3174 rc
= XAllocColor (display
, cmap
, color
);
3177 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
3178 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
3179 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
3180 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
3182 unsigned long nearest_delta
= ~0;
3183 int ncells
= XDisplayCells (display
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
3184 XColor
*cells
= (XColor
*) alloca (ncells
* sizeof *cells
);
3186 for (i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
3188 XQueryColors (display
, cmap
, cells
, ncells
);
3190 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
3192 long dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
3193 long dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
3194 long dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
3195 unsigned long delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
3197 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
3200 nearest_delta
= delta
;
3204 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
3205 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
3206 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
3207 rc
= XAllocColor (display
, cmap
, color
);
3214 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
3215 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
3216 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
3217 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
3218 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
3219 Value is non-zero if successful. */
3222 x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
)
3226 unsigned long *pixel
;
3233 /* Get RGB color values. */
3234 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
3235 XQueryColor (display
, cmap
, &color
);
3237 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
3238 xassert (factor
>= 0);
3239 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
3240 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
3241 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
3243 /* Try to allocate the color. */
3244 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
3247 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
3249 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
3250 delta to the RGB values. */
3251 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
3253 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
3254 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
3255 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
3256 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
3267 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
3268 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
3269 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
3270 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
3271 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
3272 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
3275 x_setup_relief_color (f
, relief
, factor
, delta
, default_pixel
)
3277 struct relief
*relief
;
3280 unsigned long default_pixel
;
3283 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3284 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
3285 unsigned long pixel
;
3286 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
3287 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
3288 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
3289 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
3291 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
3292 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
3294 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
3295 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
3296 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
3298 && relief
->allocated_p
)
3300 /* If display has an immutable color map, freeing colors is not
3301 necessary and some servers don't allow it. So don't do it. */
3302 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
3303 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
3306 /* Allocate new color. */
3307 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
3309 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
3310 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
3312 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
3313 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
3316 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
3318 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
3320 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
3323 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
3327 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
3330 x_setup_relief_colors (s
)
3331 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3333 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
3334 unsigned long color
;
3336 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
3337 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
3342 /* Get the background color of the face. */
3343 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
3344 color
= xgcv
.background
;
3347 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
3348 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
3350 di
->relief_background
= color
;
3351 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
3352 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
3353 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
3354 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
3359 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
3360 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
3361 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
3362 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
3363 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
3364 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
3368 x_draw_relief_rect (f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
3369 raised_p
, left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
3371 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, left_p
, right_p
, raised_p
;
3372 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
3378 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
3380 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
3381 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
3384 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
3385 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3386 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
3387 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
3391 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
3392 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3393 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
);
3395 XSetClipMask (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, None
);
3397 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
3399 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
3400 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
3403 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
3404 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3405 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
3406 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
3410 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
3411 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3412 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
3414 XSetClipMask (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, None
);
3418 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
3419 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
3420 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
3421 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
3422 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
3423 rectangle to use when drawing. */
3426 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
3427 left_p
, right_p
, clip_rect
)
3428 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3429 int left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, left_p
, right_p
;
3430 XRectangle
*clip_rect
;
3434 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
3435 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
3436 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
3439 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
3440 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
, width
);
3444 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
3445 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
);
3448 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
3449 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
, right_x
- left_x
, width
);
3453 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
3454 right_x
- width
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
);
3456 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3457 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
3461 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
3464 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
)
3465 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3467 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
3468 int left_p
, right_p
;
3469 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
3470 XRectangle clip_rect
;
3472 last_x
= window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
);
3473 if (s
->row
->full_width_p
3474 && !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
3476 last_x
+= FRAME_X_RIGHT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (s
->f
);
3477 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (s
->f
))
3478 last_x
+= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (s
->f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (s
->f
);
3481 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
3482 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
3484 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
3486 width
= s
->face
->box_line_width
;
3487 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
3489 right_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
3491 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1));
3493 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
3495 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
3496 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
3498 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
3499 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
3500 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
3502 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
3504 x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
3506 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
3507 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
3508 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
3511 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
3512 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
3513 width
, raised_p
, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
3518 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
3521 x_draw_image_foreground (s
)
3522 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3525 int y
= s
->ybase
- IMAGE_ASCENT (s
->img
);
3527 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
3528 right of that line. */
3529 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
3530 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
3531 x
= s
->x
+ s
->face
->box_line_width
;
3535 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
3539 x
+= s
->img
->margin
;
3540 y
+= s
->img
->margin
;
3547 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
3548 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
3549 trust on the shape extension to be available
3550 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
3552 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
3555 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
3557 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
3558 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
3559 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
3560 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
3561 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
3563 x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
3566 image_rect
.width
= s
->img
->width
;
3567 image_rect
.height
= s
->img
->height
;
3568 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
3569 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
3570 r
.x
- x
, r
.y
- y
, r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
3574 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
3575 0, 0, s
->img
->width
, s
->img
->height
, x
, y
);
3577 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
3578 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
3579 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
3580 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
3581 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
3582 nothing here for mouse-face. */
3583 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
3584 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
3585 s
->img
->width
- 1, s
->img
->height
- 1);
3589 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
3590 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
3591 s
->img
->width
- 1, s
->img
->height
- 1);
3595 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
3598 x_draw_image_relief (s
)
3599 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3601 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
3604 int y
= s
->ybase
- IMAGE_ASCENT (s
->img
);
3606 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
3607 right of that line. */
3608 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
3609 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
3610 x
= s
->x
+ s
->face
->box_line_width
;
3614 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
3618 x
+= s
->img
->margin
;
3619 y
+= s
->img
->margin
;
3622 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
3623 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
3625 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
> 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: 3;
3626 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
3630 thick
= abs (s
->img
->relief
);
3631 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
3636 x1
= x
+ s
->img
->width
+ thick
- 1;
3637 y1
= y
+ s
->img
->height
+ thick
- 1;
3639 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
3640 x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
3641 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, 1, 1, &r
);
3645 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
3648 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
)
3649 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3653 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- IMAGE_ASCENT (s
->img
);
3655 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
3656 right of that line. */
3657 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
3658 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
3659 x
= s
->face
->box_line_width
;
3663 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
3667 x
+= s
->img
->margin
;
3668 y
+= s
->img
->margin
;
3675 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
3676 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
3677 trust on the shape extension to be available
3678 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
3680 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
3684 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
3685 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
3686 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
3687 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
3688 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
3690 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
3691 0, 0, s
->img
->width
, s
->img
->height
, x
, y
);
3692 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
3696 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
3697 0, 0, s
->img
->width
, s
->img
->height
, x
, y
);
3699 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
3700 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
3701 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
3702 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
3703 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
3704 nothing here for mouse-face. */
3705 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
3706 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
3707 s
->img
->width
- 1, s
->img
->height
- 1);
3711 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
3712 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
3713 s
->img
->width
- 1, s
->img
->height
- 1);
3717 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
3718 give the rectangle to draw. */
3721 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
3722 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3727 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
3728 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
3729 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
3730 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
3733 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
3737 /* Draw image glyph string S.
3740 s->x +-------------------------
3743 | +-------------------------
3746 | | +-------------------
3752 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
)
3753 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3756 int box_line_width
= s
->face
->box_line_width
;
3757 int margin
= s
->img
->margin
;
3759 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
3761 height
= s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
;
3763 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
3764 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
3766 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
3767 if (height
> s
->img
->height
3770 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
3771 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
3773 if (box_line_width
&& s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
3774 x
= s
->x
+ box_line_width
;
3778 y
= s
->y
+ box_line_width
;
3782 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string Fill it with
3783 the background color. Copy the image to it, using its
3784 mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
3785 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
3786 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
3788 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
3789 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
3790 s
->background_width
,
3793 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
3795 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
3797 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
3800 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
3801 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
3802 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
3803 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
3804 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
3809 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
3811 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
3812 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
3813 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
3814 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3818 /* Implementation idea: Is it possible to construct a mask?
3819 We could look at the color at the margins of the image, and
3820 say that this color is probably the background color of the
3822 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
3824 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
3827 /* Draw the foreground. */
3830 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
3831 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
3832 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
3833 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
3834 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
3837 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
3839 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
3841 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
3842 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
3843 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
3847 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
3850 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
3851 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3853 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
3854 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
3856 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
3857 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
3859 /* If `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor
3860 as wide as the stretch glyph. */
3861 int width
= min (CANON_X_UNIT (s
->f
), s
->background_width
);
3864 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
3866 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
3867 if (width
< s
->background_width
)
3869 GC gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
3870 int x
= s
->x
+ width
, y
= s
->y
;
3871 int w
= s
->background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
3874 x_get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
3875 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
3877 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
3879 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
3880 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
3881 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
3882 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
3887 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
3888 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
3889 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
3890 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3895 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
, s
->background_width
,
3898 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
3902 /* Draw glyph string S. */
3905 x_draw_glyph_string (s
)
3906 struct glyph_string
*s
;
3908 /* If S draws into the background of its successor, draw the
3909 background of the successor first so that S can draw into it.
3910 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
3911 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps_p
)
3913 xassert (s
->next
->img
== NULL
);
3914 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
->next
);
3915 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
->next
);
3916 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
->next
, 1);
3919 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
3920 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
3921 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
3923 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
3926 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
3930 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
3934 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
)
3935 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
3937 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
3938 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
3941 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
3942 if (s
->for_overlaps_p
|| s
->gidx
> 0)
3943 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
3945 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
3946 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
3953 if (!s
->for_overlaps_p
)
3955 /* Draw underline. */
3956 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
3958 unsigned long dy
, h
;
3960 if (!XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_THICKNESS
, &h
))
3962 if (!XGetFontProperty (s
->font
, XA_UNDERLINE_POSITION
, &dy
))
3965 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
3966 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
3971 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
3972 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
3973 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
3975 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3979 /* Draw overline. */
3980 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
3982 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
3984 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
3985 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
3990 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
3991 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
3992 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
3994 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3998 /* Draw strike-through. */
3999 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
4001 unsigned long h
= 1;
4002 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
4004 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
4005 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
4010 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
4011 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
4012 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
4014 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
4019 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
4020 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
4023 /* Reset clipping. */
4024 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
4028 static int x_fill_composite_glyph_string
P_ ((struct glyph_string
*,
4029 struct face
**, int));
4032 /* Load glyph string S with a composition components specified by S->cmp.
4033 FACES is an array of faces for all components of this composition.
4034 S->gidx is the index of the first component for S.
4035 OVERLAPS_P non-zero means S should draw the foreground only, and
4036 use its lines physical height for clipping.
4038 Value is the index of a component not in S. */
4041 x_fill_composite_glyph_string (s
, faces
, overlaps_p
)
4042 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4043 struct face
**faces
;
4050 s
->for_overlaps_p
= overlaps_p
;
4052 s
->face
= faces
[s
->gidx
];
4053 s
->font
= s
->face
->font
;
4054 s
->font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->face
->font_info_id
);
4056 /* For all glyphs of this composition, starting at the offset
4057 S->gidx, until we reach the end of the definition or encounter a
4058 glyph that requires the different face, add it to S. */
4060 for (i
= s
->gidx
+ 1; i
< s
->cmp
->glyph_len
&& faces
[i
] == s
->face
; ++i
)
4063 /* All glyph strings for the same composition has the same width,
4064 i.e. the width set for the first component of the composition. */
4066 s
->width
= s
->first_glyph
->pixel_width
;
4068 /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's
4069 default font, but record the fact that we couldn't load it in
4070 the glyph string so that we can draw rectangles for the
4071 characters of the glyph string. */
4072 if (s
->font
== NULL
)
4074 s
->font_not_found_p
= 1;
4075 s
->font
= FRAME_FONT (s
->f
);
4078 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4079 s
->ybase
+= s
->first_glyph
->voffset
;
4081 xassert (s
->face
&& s
->face
->gc
);
4083 /* This glyph string must always be drawn with 16-bit functions. */
4086 return s
->gidx
+ s
->nchars
;
4090 /* Load glyph string S with a sequence characters.
4091 FACE_ID is the face id of the string. START is the index of the
4092 first glyph to consider, END is the index of the last + 1.
4093 OVERLAPS_P non-zero means S should draw the foreground only, and
4094 use its lines physical height for clipping.
4096 Value is the index of the first glyph not in S. */
4099 x_fill_glyph_string (s
, face_id
, start
, end
, overlaps_p
)
4100 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4102 int start
, end
, overlaps_p
;
4104 struct glyph
*glyph
, *last
;
4106 int glyph_not_available_p
;
4108 xassert (s
->f
== XFRAME (s
->w
->frame
));
4109 xassert (s
->nchars
== 0);
4110 xassert (start
>= 0 && end
> start
);
4112 s
->for_overlaps_p
= overlaps_p
,
4113 glyph
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + start
;
4114 last
= s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
] + end
;
4115 voffset
= glyph
->voffset
;
4117 glyph_not_available_p
= glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
;
4120 && glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
4121 && glyph
->voffset
== voffset
4122 /* Same face id implies same font, nowadays. */
4123 && glyph
->face_id
== face_id
4124 && glyph
->glyph_not_available_p
== glyph_not_available_p
)
4128 s
->face
= x_get_glyph_face_and_encoding (s
->f
, glyph
,
4129 s
->char2b
+ s
->nchars
,
4131 s
->two_byte_p
= two_byte_p
;
4133 xassert (s
->nchars
<= end
- start
);
4134 s
->width
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
4138 s
->font
= s
->face
->font
;
4139 s
->font_info
= FONT_INFO_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->face
->font_info_id
);
4141 /* If the specified font could not be loaded, use the frame's font,
4142 but record the fact that we couldn't load it in
4143 S->font_not_found_p so that we can draw rectangles for the
4144 characters of the glyph string. */
4145 if (s
->font
== NULL
|| glyph_not_available_p
)
4147 s
->font_not_found_p
= 1;
4148 s
->font
= FRAME_FONT (s
->f
);
4151 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4152 s
->ybase
+= voffset
;
4154 xassert (s
->face
&& s
->face
->gc
);
4155 return glyph
- s
->row
->glyphs
[s
->area
];
4159 /* Fill glyph string S from image glyph S->first_glyph. */
4162 x_fill_image_glyph_string (s
)
4163 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4165 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
);
4166 s
->img
= IMAGE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.img_id
);
4168 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->first_glyph
->face_id
);
4169 s
->font
= s
->face
->font
;
4170 s
->width
= s
->first_glyph
->pixel_width
;
4172 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4173 s
->ybase
+= s
->first_glyph
->voffset
;
4177 /* Fill glyph string S from stretch glyph S->first_glyph. */
4180 x_fill_stretch_glyph_string (s
)
4181 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4183 xassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
4184 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, s
->first_glyph
->face_id
);
4185 s
->font
= s
->face
->font
;
4186 s
->width
= s
->first_glyph
->pixel_width
;
4188 /* Adjust base line for subscript/superscript text. */
4189 s
->ybase
+= s
->first_glyph
->voffset
;
4193 /* Initialize glyph string S. CHAR2B is a suitably allocated vector
4194 of XChar2b structures for S; it can't be allocated in
4195 x_init_glyph_string because it must be allocated via `alloca'. W
4196 is the window on which S is drawn. ROW and AREA are the glyph row
4197 and area within the row from which S is constructed. START is the
4198 index of the first glyph structure covered by S. HL is a
4199 face-override for drawing S. */
4202 x_init_glyph_string (s
, char2b
, w
, row
, area
, start
, hl
)
4203 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4206 struct glyph_row
*row
;
4207 enum glyph_row_area area
;
4209 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
4211 bzero (s
, sizeof *s
);
4213 s
->f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4214 s
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (s
->f
);
4215 s
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (s
->f
);
4220 s
->first_glyph
= row
->glyphs
[area
] + start
;
4221 s
->height
= row
->height
;
4222 s
->y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
4224 /* Display the internal border below the tool-bar window. */
4225 if (s
->w
== XWINDOW (s
->f
->tool_bar_window
))
4226 s
->y
-= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->internal_border_width
;
4228 s
->ybase
= s
->y
+ row
->ascent
;
4232 /* Set background width of glyph string S. START is the index of the
4233 first glyph following S. LAST_X is the right-most x-position + 1
4234 in the drawing area. */
4237 x_set_glyph_string_background_width (s
, start
, last_x
)
4238 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4242 /* If the face of this glyph string has to be drawn to the end of
4243 the drawing area, set S->extends_to_end_of_line_p. */
4244 struct face
*default_face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, DEFAULT_FACE_ID
);
4246 if (start
== s
->row
->used
[s
->area
]
4247 && s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
4248 && ((s
->area
== TEXT_AREA
&& s
->row
->fill_line_p
)
4249 || s
->face
->background
!= default_face
->background
4250 || s
->face
->stipple
!= default_face
->stipple
))
4251 s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
= 1;
4253 /* If S extends its face to the end of the line, set its
4254 background_width to the distance to the right edge of the drawing
4256 if (s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
)
4257 s
->background_width
= last_x
- s
->x
+ 1;
4259 s
->background_width
= s
->width
;
4263 /* Add a glyph string for a stretch glyph to the list of strings
4264 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the stretch glyph in
4265 row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph
4266 in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned
4267 to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the
4268 glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X
4269 is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4271 /* SunOS 4 bundled cc, barfed on continuations in the arg lists here
4272 and below -- keep them on one line. */
4273 #define BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
4276 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4277 x_init_glyph_string (s, NULL, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4278 x_fill_stretch_glyph_string (s); \
4279 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4286 /* Add a glyph string for an image glyph to the list of strings
4287 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the image glyph in
4288 row area AREA of glyph row ROW. END is the index of the last glyph
4289 in that glyph row area. X is the current output position assigned
4290 to the new glyph string constructed. HL overrides that face of the
4291 glyph; e.g. it is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X
4292 is the right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4294 #define BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X) \
4297 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4298 x_init_glyph_string (s, NULL, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4299 x_fill_image_glyph_string (s); \
4300 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4307 /* Add a glyph string for a sequence of character glyphs to the list
4308 of strings between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first
4309 glyph in row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new
4310 glyph string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row
4311 area. X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph
4312 string constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it
4313 is DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the
4314 right-most x-position of the drawing area. */
4316 #define BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \
4319 int c, charset, face_id; \
4322 c = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].u.ch; \
4323 face_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].face_id; \
4325 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4326 char2b = (XChar2b *) alloca ((END - START) * sizeof *char2b); \
4327 x_init_glyph_string (s, char2b, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4328 x_append_glyph_string (&HEAD, &TAIL, s); \
4330 START = x_fill_glyph_string (s, face_id, START, END, \
4336 /* Add a glyph string for a composite sequence to the list of strings
4337 between HEAD and TAIL. START is the index of the first glyph in
4338 row area AREA of glyph row ROW that is part of the new glyph
4339 string. END is the index of the last glyph in that glyph row area.
4340 X is the current output position assigned to the new glyph string
4341 constructed. HL overrides that face of the glyph; e.g. it is
4342 DRAW_CURSOR if a cursor has to be drawn. LAST_X is the right-most
4343 x-position of the drawing area. */
4345 #define BUILD_COMPOSITE_GLYPH_STRING(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \
4347 int cmp_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].u.cmp_id; \
4348 int face_id = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA][START].face_id; \
4349 struct face *base_face = FACE_FROM_ID (XFRAME (w->frame), face_id); \
4350 struct composition *cmp = composition_table[cmp_id]; \
4351 int glyph_len = cmp->glyph_len; \
4353 struct face **faces; \
4354 struct glyph_string *first_s = NULL; \
4357 base_face = base_face->ascii_face; \
4358 char2b = (XChar2b *) alloca ((sizeof *char2b) * glyph_len); \
4359 faces = (struct face **) alloca ((sizeof *faces) * glyph_len); \
4360 /* At first, fill in `char2b' and `faces'. */ \
4361 for (n = 0; n < glyph_len; n++) \
4363 int c = COMPOSITION_GLYPH (cmp, n); \
4364 int this_face_id = FACE_FOR_CHAR (XFRAME (w->frame), base_face, c); \
4365 faces[n] = FACE_FROM_ID (XFRAME (w->frame), this_face_id); \
4366 x_get_char_face_and_encoding (XFRAME (w->frame), c, \
4367 this_face_id, char2b + n, 1); \
4370 /* Make glyph_strings for each glyph sequence that is drawable by \
4371 the same face, and append them to HEAD/TAIL. */ \
4372 for (n = 0; n < cmp->glyph_len;) \
4374 s = (struct glyph_string *) alloca (sizeof *s); \
4375 x_init_glyph_string (s, char2b + n, W, ROW, AREA, START, HL); \
4376 x_append_glyph_string (&(HEAD), &(TAIL), s); \
4384 n = x_fill_composite_glyph_string (s, faces, OVERLAPS_P); \
4392 /* Build a list of glyph strings between HEAD and TAIL for the glyphs
4393 of AREA of glyph row ROW on window W between indices START and END.
4394 HL overrides the face for drawing glyph strings, e.g. it is
4395 DRAW_CURSOR to draw a cursor. X and LAST_X are start and end
4396 x-positions of the drawing area.
4398 This is an ugly monster macro construct because we must use alloca
4399 to allocate glyph strings (because x_draw_glyphs can be called
4402 #define BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS(W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, OVERLAPS_P) \
4405 HEAD = TAIL = NULL; \
4406 while (START < END) \
4408 struct glyph *first_glyph = (ROW)->glyphs[AREA] + START; \
4409 switch (first_glyph->type) \
4412 BUILD_CHAR_GLYPH_STRINGS (W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, \
4413 TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X, \
4417 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH: \
4418 BUILD_COMPOSITE_GLYPH_STRING (W, ROW, AREA, START, END, \
4419 HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X,\
4423 case STRETCH_GLYPH: \
4424 BUILD_STRETCH_GLYPH_STRING (W, ROW, AREA, START, END, \
4425 HEAD, TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X); \
4429 BUILD_IMAGE_GLYPH_STRING (W, ROW, AREA, START, END, HEAD, \
4430 TAIL, HL, X, LAST_X); \
4437 x_set_glyph_string_background_width (s, START, LAST_X); \
4444 /* Draw glyphs between START and END in AREA of ROW on window W,
4445 starting at x-position X. X is relative to AREA in W. HL is a
4446 face-override with the following meaning:
4448 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT draw normally
4449 DRAW_CURSOR draw in cursor face
4450 DRAW_MOUSE_FACE draw in mouse face.
4451 DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO draw in mode line face
4452 DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN draw an image with a sunken relief around it
4453 DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED draw an image with a raised relief around it
4455 If REAL_START is non-null, return in *REAL_START the real starting
4456 position for display. This can be different from START in case
4457 overlapping glyphs must be displayed. If REAL_END is non-null,
4458 return in *REAL_END the real end position for display. This can be
4459 different from END in case overlapping glyphs must be displayed.
4461 If OVERLAPS_P is non-zero, draw only the foreground of characters
4462 and clip to the physical height of ROW.
4464 Value is the x-position reached, relative to AREA of W. */
4467 x_draw_glyphs (w
, x
, row
, area
, start
, end
, hl
, real_start
, real_end
,
4471 struct glyph_row
*row
;
4472 enum glyph_row_area area
;
4474 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
4475 int *real_start
, *real_end
;
4478 struct glyph_string
*head
, *tail
;
4479 struct glyph_string
*s
;
4480 int last_x
, area_width
;
4484 /* Let's rather be paranoid than getting a SEGV. */
4485 start
= max (0, start
);
4486 end
= min (end
, row
->used
[area
]);
4488 *real_start
= start
;
4492 /* Translate X to frame coordinates. Set last_x to the right
4493 end of the drawing area. */
4494 if (row
->full_width_p
)
4496 /* X is relative to the left edge of W, without scroll bars
4498 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4499 /* int width = FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f); */
4500 int window_left_x
= WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN (w
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
4503 area_width
= XFASTINT (w
->width
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
4504 last_x
= window_left_x
+ area_width
;
4506 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
4508 int width
= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
4509 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f
))
4515 x
+= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
4516 last_x
-= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
4520 x
= WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, area
, x
);
4521 area_width
= window_box_width (w
, area
);
4522 last_x
= WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, area
, area_width
);
4525 /* Build a doubly-linked list of glyph_string structures between
4526 head and tail from what we have to draw. Note that the macro
4527 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS will modify its start parameter. That's
4528 the reason we use a separate variable `i'. */
4530 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w
, row
, area
, i
, end
, head
, tail
, hl
, x
, last_x
,
4533 x_reached
= tail
->x
+ tail
->background_width
;
4537 /* If there are any glyphs with lbearing < 0 or rbearing > width in
4538 the row, redraw some glyphs in front or following the glyph
4539 strings built above. */
4540 if (!overlaps_p
&& row
->contains_overlapping_glyphs_p
)
4543 struct glyph_string
*h
, *t
;
4545 /* Compute overhangs for all glyph strings. */
4546 for (s
= head
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
4547 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (s
);
4549 /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph
4550 string that are overwritten because of the first glyph
4551 string's left overhang. The background of all strings
4552 prepended must be drawn because the first glyph string
4554 i
= x_left_overwritten (head
);
4558 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w
, row
, area
, j
, start
, h
, t
,
4559 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, dummy_x
, last_x
,
4563 *real_start
= start
;
4564 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (t
, head
->x
, 1);
4565 x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head
, &tail
, h
, t
);
4568 /* Prepend glyph strings for glyphs in front of the first glyph
4569 string that overwrite that glyph string because of their
4570 right overhang. For these strings, only the foreground must
4571 be drawn, because it draws over the glyph string at `head'.
4572 The background must not be drawn because this would overwrite
4573 right overhangs of preceding glyphs for which no glyph
4575 i
= x_left_overwriting (head
);
4578 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w
, row
, area
, i
, start
, h
, t
,
4579 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, dummy_x
, last_x
,
4581 for (s
= h
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
4582 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
4585 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (t
, head
->x
, 1);
4586 x_prepend_glyph_string_lists (&head
, &tail
, h
, t
);
4589 /* Append glyphs strings for glyphs following the last glyph
4590 string tail that are overwritten by tail. The background of
4591 these strings has to be drawn because tail's foreground draws
4593 i
= x_right_overwritten (tail
);
4596 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w
, row
, area
, end
, i
, h
, t
,
4597 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, x
, last_x
,
4599 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (h
, tail
->x
+ tail
->width
, 0);
4600 x_append_glyph_string_lists (&head
, &tail
, h
, t
);
4605 /* Append glyph strings for glyphs following the last glyph
4606 string tail that overwrite tail. The foreground of such
4607 glyphs has to be drawn because it writes into the background
4608 of tail. The background must not be drawn because it could
4609 paint over the foreground of following glyphs. */
4610 i
= x_right_overwriting (tail
);
4613 BUILD_GLYPH_STRINGS (w
, row
, area
, end
, i
, h
, t
,
4614 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, x
, last_x
,
4616 for (s
= h
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
4617 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
4618 x_compute_overhangs_and_x (h
, tail
->x
+ tail
->width
, 0);
4619 x_append_glyph_string_lists (&head
, &tail
, h
, t
);
4625 /* Draw all strings. */
4626 for (s
= head
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
4627 x_draw_glyph_string (s
);
4629 /* Value is the x-position up to which drawn, relative to AREA of W.
4630 This doesn't include parts drawn because of overhangs. */
4631 x_reached
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w
, x_reached
);
4632 if (!row
->full_width_p
)
4634 if (area
> LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
)
4635 x_reached
-= window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
4636 if (area
> TEXT_AREA
)
4637 x_reached
-= window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
);
4643 /* Fix the display of area AREA of overlapping row ROW in window W. */
4646 x_fix_overlapping_area (w
, row
, area
)
4648 struct glyph_row
*row
;
4649 enum glyph_row_area area
;
4655 if (area
== LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
)
4657 else if (area
== TEXT_AREA
)
4658 x
= row
->x
+ window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
4660 x
= (window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
)
4661 + window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
));
4663 for (i
= 0; i
< row
->used
[area
];)
4665 if (row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].overlaps_vertically_p
)
4667 int start
= i
, start_x
= x
;
4671 x
+= row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].pixel_width
;
4674 while (i
< row
->used
[area
]
4675 && row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].overlaps_vertically_p
);
4677 x_draw_glyphs (w
, start_x
, row
, area
, start
, i
,
4679 ? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
: DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
),
4684 x
+= row
->glyphs
[area
][i
].pixel_width
;
4693 /* Output LEN glyphs starting at START at the nominal cursor position.
4694 Advance the nominal cursor over the text. The global variable
4695 updated_window contains the window being updated, updated_row is
4696 the glyph row being updated, and updated_area is the area of that
4697 row being updated. */
4700 x_write_glyphs (start
, len
)
4701 struct glyph
*start
;
4704 int x
, hpos
, real_start
, real_end
;
4706 xassert (updated_window
&& updated_row
);
4711 hpos
= start
- updated_row
->glyphs
[updated_area
];
4712 x
= x_draw_glyphs (updated_window
, output_cursor
.x
,
4713 updated_row
, updated_area
,
4715 (updated_row
->inverse_p
4716 ? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
: DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
),
4717 &real_start
, &real_end
, 0);
4719 /* If we drew over the cursor, note that it is not visible any more. */
4720 note_overwritten_text_cursor (updated_window
, real_start
,
4721 real_end
- real_start
);
4725 /* Advance the output cursor. */
4726 output_cursor
.hpos
+= len
;
4727 output_cursor
.x
= x
;
4731 /* Insert LEN glyphs from START at the nominal cursor position. */
4734 x_insert_glyphs (start
, len
)
4735 struct glyph
*start
;
4740 int line_height
, shift_by_width
, shifted_region_width
;
4741 struct glyph_row
*row
;
4742 struct glyph
*glyph
;
4743 int frame_x
, frame_y
, hpos
, real_start
, real_end
;
4745 xassert (updated_window
&& updated_row
);
4748 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
4750 /* Get the height of the line we are in. */
4752 line_height
= row
->height
;
4754 /* Get the width of the glyphs to insert. */
4756 for (glyph
= start
; glyph
< start
+ len
; ++glyph
)
4757 shift_by_width
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
4759 /* Get the width of the region to shift right. */
4760 shifted_region_width
= (window_box_width (w
, updated_area
)
4765 frame_x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, output_cursor
.x
);
4766 frame_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, output_cursor
.y
);
4767 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4768 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
4770 shifted_region_width
, line_height
,
4771 frame_x
+ shift_by_width
, frame_y
);
4773 /* Write the glyphs. */
4774 hpos
= start
- row
->glyphs
[updated_area
];
4775 x_draw_glyphs (w
, output_cursor
.x
, row
, updated_area
, hpos
, hpos
+ len
,
4776 DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
, &real_start
, &real_end
, 0);
4777 note_overwritten_text_cursor (w
, real_start
, real_end
- real_start
);
4779 /* Advance the output cursor. */
4780 output_cursor
.hpos
+= len
;
4781 output_cursor
.x
+= shift_by_width
;
4786 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
4797 /* Erase the current text line from the nominal cursor position
4798 (inclusive) to pixel column TO_X (exclusive). The idea is that
4799 everything from TO_X onward is already erased.
4801 TO_X is a pixel position relative to updated_area of
4802 updated_window. TO_X == -1 means clear to the end of this area. */
4805 x_clear_end_of_line (to_x
)
4809 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
4810 int max_x
, min_y
, max_y
;
4811 int from_x
, from_y
, to_y
;
4813 xassert (updated_window
&& updated_row
);
4814 f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4816 if (updated_row
->full_width_p
)
4818 max_x
= XFASTINT (w
->width
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
4819 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
4820 && !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
4821 max_x
+= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
4824 max_x
= window_box_width (w
, updated_area
);
4825 max_y
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
4827 /* TO_X == 0 means don't do anything. TO_X < 0 means clear to end
4828 of window. For TO_X > 0, truncate to end of drawing area. */
4834 to_x
= min (to_x
, max_x
);
4836 to_y
= min (max_y
, output_cursor
.y
+ updated_row
->height
);
4838 /* Notice if the cursor will be cleared by this operation. */
4839 if (!updated_row
->full_width_p
)
4840 note_overwritten_text_cursor (w
, output_cursor
.hpos
, -1);
4842 from_x
= output_cursor
.x
;
4844 /* Translate to frame coordinates. */
4845 if (updated_row
->full_width_p
)
4847 from_x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, from_x
);
4848 to_x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, to_x
);
4852 from_x
= WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, updated_area
, from_x
);
4853 to_x
= WINDOW_AREA_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, updated_area
, to_x
);
4856 min_y
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
4857 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (min_y
, output_cursor
.y
));
4858 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, to_y
);
4860 /* Prevent inadvertently clearing to end of the X window. */
4861 if (to_x
> from_x
&& to_y
> from_y
)
4864 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4865 from_x
, from_y
, to_x
- from_x
, to_y
- from_y
,
4872 /* Clear entire frame. If updating_frame is non-null, clear that
4873 frame. Otherwise clear the selected frame. */
4883 f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4885 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
4887 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
4888 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
4889 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
4891 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
4892 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
4894 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
4896 /* We have to clear the scroll bars, too. If we have changed
4897 colors or something like that, then they should be notified. */
4898 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
4900 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4906 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
4908 /* We use the select system call to do the waiting, so we have to make
4909 sure it's available. If it isn't, we just won't do visual bells. */
4911 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
4914 /* Subtract the `struct timeval' values X and Y, storing the result in
4915 *RESULT. Return 1 if the difference is negative, otherwise 0. */
4918 timeval_subtract (result
, x
, y
)
4919 struct timeval
*result
, x
, y
;
4921 /* Perform the carry for the later subtraction by updating y. This
4922 is safer because on some systems the tv_sec member is unsigned. */
4923 if (x
.tv_usec
< y
.tv_usec
)
4925 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000 + 1;
4926 y
.tv_usec
-= 1000000 * nsec
;
4930 if (x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
> 1000000)
4932 int nsec
= (y
.tv_usec
- x
.tv_usec
) / 1000000;
4933 y
.tv_usec
+= 1000000 * nsec
;
4937 /* Compute the time remaining to wait. tv_usec is certainly
4939 result
->tv_sec
= x
.tv_sec
- y
.tv_sec
;
4940 result
->tv_usec
= x
.tv_usec
- y
.tv_usec
;
4942 /* Return indication of whether the result should be considered
4944 return x
.tv_sec
< y
.tv_sec
;
4956 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
4957 pixels into background pixels. */
4961 values
.function
= GXxor
;
4962 values
.foreground
= (f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
4963 ^ f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
);
4965 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4966 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
4970 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
4971 int height
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_HEIGHT (f
));
4972 /* Height of each line to flash. */
4973 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
4974 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
4975 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
4976 int flash_right
= PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
4980 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
4981 edge it is next to. */
4982 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
4984 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
4985 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
4988 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
4989 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
4996 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
4998 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
4999 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
5001 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
5003 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
5004 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f
)),
5005 width
, flash_height
);
5006 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
5008 (height
- flash_height
5009 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
5010 width
, flash_height
);
5013 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
5014 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
5015 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
5016 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
5021 struct timeval wakeup
;
5023 EMACS_GET_TIME (wakeup
);
5025 /* Compute time to wait until, propagating carry from usecs. */
5026 wakeup
.tv_usec
+= 150000;
5027 wakeup
.tv_sec
+= (wakeup
.tv_usec
/ 1000000);
5028 wakeup
.tv_usec
%= 1000000;
5030 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup. */
5033 struct timeval timeout
;
5035 EMACS_GET_TIME (timeout
);
5037 /* In effect, timeout = wakeup - timeout.
5038 Break if result would be negative. */
5039 if (timeval_subtract (&timeout
, wakeup
, timeout
))
5042 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
5043 select (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
);
5047 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
5048 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
5050 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
5052 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
5053 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * CANON_Y_UNIT (f
)),
5054 width
, flash_height
);
5055 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
5057 (height
- flash_height
5058 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
5059 width
, flash_height
);
5062 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
5063 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
5064 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
5065 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
5067 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
5075 #endif /* defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT) */
5078 /* Make audible bell. */
5083 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
5085 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
5087 #if defined (HAVE_TIMEVAL) && defined (HAVE_SELECT)
5094 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
5095 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
5102 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
5103 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
5104 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
5105 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
5108 XTset_terminal_window (n
)
5111 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
5116 /***********************************************************************
5118 ***********************************************************************/
5120 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
5121 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
5124 x_ins_del_lines (vpos
, n
)
5131 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
5134 x_scroll_run (w
, run
)
5138 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5139 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
5141 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
5142 without mode lines. Include in this box the flags areas to the
5143 left and right of W. */
5144 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
5145 width
+= FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
);
5146 x
-= FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
);
5148 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
5149 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
5150 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
5154 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
5155 line at the bottom. */
5156 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
5157 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
5159 height
= run
->height
;
5163 /* Scolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
5165 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
5166 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
5168 height
= run
->height
;
5173 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
5177 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5178 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5179 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
5189 /***********************************************************************
5191 ***********************************************************************/
5193 /* Redisplay an exposed area of frame F. X and Y are the upper-left
5194 corner of the exposed rectangle. W and H are width and height of
5195 the exposed area. All are pixel values. W or H zero means redraw
5196 the entire frame. */
5199 expose_frame (f
, x
, y
, w
, h
)
5205 TRACE ((stderr
, "expose_frame "));
5207 /* No need to redraw if frame will be redrawn soon. */
5208 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
5210 TRACE ((stderr
, " garbaged\n"));
5214 /* If basic faces haven't been realized yet, there is no point in
5215 trying to redraw anything. This can happen when we get an expose
5216 event while Emacs is starting, e.g. by moving another window. */
5217 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
) == NULL
5218 || FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
)->used
< BASIC_FACE_ID_SENTINEL
)
5220 TRACE ((stderr
, " no faces\n"));
5224 if (w
== 0 || h
== 0)
5227 r
.width
= CANON_X_UNIT (f
) * f
->width
;
5228 r
.height
= CANON_Y_UNIT (f
) * f
->height
;
5238 TRACE ((stderr
, "(%d, %d, %d, %d)\n", r
.x
, r
.y
, r
.width
, r
.height
));
5239 expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
), &r
);
5241 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
))
5243 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
);
5244 XRectangle window_rect
;
5245 XRectangle intersection_rect
;
5246 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
, window_height
;
5249 window_box (w
, -1, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, &window_height
);
5250 window_rect
.x
= window_x
;
5251 window_rect
.y
= window_y
;
5252 window_rect
.width
= window_width
;
5253 window_rect
.height
= window_height
;
5255 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&r
, &window_rect
, &intersection_rect
))
5256 expose_window (w
, &intersection_rect
);
5259 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5260 if (WINDOWP (f
->menu_bar_window
))
5262 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->menu_bar_window
);
5263 XRectangle window_rect
;
5264 XRectangle intersection_rect
;
5265 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
, window_height
;
5268 window_box (w
, -1, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, &window_height
);
5269 window_rect
.x
= window_x
;
5270 window_rect
.y
= window_y
;
5271 window_rect
.width
= window_width
;
5272 window_rect
.height
= window_height
;
5274 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&r
, &window_rect
, &intersection_rect
))
5275 expose_window (w
, &intersection_rect
);
5277 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5281 /* Redraw (parts) of all windows in the window tree rooted at W that
5282 intersect R. R contains frame pixel coordinates. */
5285 expose_window_tree (w
, r
)
5291 if (!NILP (w
->hchild
))
5292 expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w
->hchild
), r
);
5293 else if (!NILP (w
->vchild
))
5294 expose_window_tree (XWINDOW (w
->vchild
), r
);
5297 XRectangle window_rect
;
5298 XRectangle intersection_rect
;
5299 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5300 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
, window_height
;
5302 /* Frame-relative pixel rectangle of W. */
5303 window_box (w
, -1, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
,
5307 - FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
)
5308 - FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
));
5309 window_rect
.y
= window_y
;
5312 + FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
)
5313 + FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
));
5315 = window_height
+ CURRENT_MODE_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
5317 if (x_intersect_rectangles (r
, &window_rect
, &intersection_rect
))
5318 expose_window (w
, &intersection_rect
);
5321 w
= NILP (w
->next
) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w
->next
);
5326 /* Redraw the part of glyph row area AREA of glyph row ROW on window W
5327 which intersects rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. */
5330 expose_area (w
, row
, r
, area
)
5332 struct glyph_row
*row
;
5334 enum glyph_row_area area
;
5337 struct glyph
*first
= row
->glyphs
[area
];
5338 struct glyph
*end
= row
->glyphs
[area
] + row
->used
[area
];
5342 /* Set x to the window-relative start position for drawing glyphs of
5343 AREA. The first glyph of the text area can be partially visible.
5344 The first glyphs of other areas cannot. */
5345 if (area
== LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
)
5347 else if (area
== TEXT_AREA
)
5348 x
= row
->x
+ window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
5350 x
= (window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
)
5351 + window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
));
5353 if (area
== TEXT_AREA
&& row
->fill_line_p
)
5354 /* If row extends face to end of line write the whole line. */
5355 x_draw_glyphs (w
, x
, row
, area
,
5357 row
->inverse_p
? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
: DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
,
5361 /* Find the first glyph that must be redrawn. */
5363 && x
+ first
->pixel_width
< r
->x
)
5365 x
+= first
->pixel_width
;
5369 /* Find the last one. */
5373 && x
< r
->x
+ r
->width
)
5375 x
+= last
->pixel_width
;
5381 x_draw_glyphs (w
, first_x
, row
, area
,
5382 first
- row
->glyphs
[area
],
5383 last
- row
->glyphs
[area
],
5384 row
->inverse_p
? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
: DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
,
5390 /* Redraw the parts of the glyph row ROW on window W intersecting
5391 rectangle R. R is in window-relative coordinates. */
5394 expose_line (w
, row
, r
)
5396 struct glyph_row
*row
;
5399 xassert (row
->enabled_p
);
5401 if (row
->mode_line_p
|| w
->pseudo_window_p
)
5402 x_draw_glyphs (w
, 0, row
, TEXT_AREA
, 0, row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
],
5403 row
->inverse_p
? DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
: DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
,
5407 if (row
->used
[LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
])
5408 expose_area (w
, row
, r
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
5409 if (row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
5410 expose_area (w
, row
, r
, TEXT_AREA
);
5411 if (row
->used
[RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
])
5412 expose_area (w
, row
, r
, RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
);
5413 x_draw_row_bitmaps (w
, row
);
5418 /* Return non-zero if W's cursor intersects rectangle R. */
5421 x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w
, r
)
5425 XRectangle cr
, result
;
5426 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
5428 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
5431 cr
.x
= w
->phys_cursor
.x
;
5432 cr
.y
= w
->phys_cursor
.y
;
5433 cr
.width
= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
;
5434 cr
.height
= w
->phys_cursor_height
;
5435 return x_intersect_rectangles (&cr
, r
, &result
);
5442 /* Redraw a rectangle of window W. R is a rectangle in window
5443 relative coordinates. Call this function with input blocked. */
5446 expose_window (w
, r
)
5450 struct glyph_row
*row
;
5452 int yb
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
5453 int cursor_cleared_p
;
5455 /* If window is not yet fully initialized, do nothing. This can
5456 happen when toolkit scroll bars are used and a window is split.
5457 Reconfiguring the scroll bar will generate an expose for a newly
5459 if (w
->current_matrix
== NULL
)
5462 TRACE ((stderr
, "expose_window (%d, %d, %d, %d)\n",
5463 r
->x
, r
->y
, r
->width
, r
->height
));
5465 /* Convert to window coordinates. */
5466 r
->x
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w
, r
->x
);
5467 r
->y
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w
, r
->y
);
5469 /* Turn off the cursor. */
5470 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
5471 && x_phys_cursor_in_rect_p (w
, r
))
5474 cursor_cleared_p
= 1;
5477 cursor_cleared_p
= 0;
5479 /* Find the first row intersecting the rectangle R. */
5480 row
= w
->current_matrix
->rows
;
5482 while (row
->enabled_p
5484 && y
+ row
->height
< r
->y
)
5490 /* Display the text in the rectangle, one text line at a time. */
5491 while (row
->enabled_p
5493 && y
< r
->y
+ r
->height
)
5495 expose_line (w
, row
, r
);
5500 /* Display the mode line if there is one. */
5501 if (WINDOW_WANTS_MODELINE_P (w
)
5502 && (row
= MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
),
5504 && row
->y
< r
->y
+ r
->height
)
5505 expose_line (w
, row
, r
);
5507 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
5509 /* Draw border between windows. */
5510 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
5512 /* Turn the cursor on again. */
5513 if (cursor_cleared_p
)
5514 x_update_window_cursor (w
, 1);
5519 /* Determine the intersection of two rectangles R1 and R2. Return
5520 the intersection in *RESULT. Value is non-zero if RESULT is not
5524 x_intersect_rectangles (r1
, r2
, result
)
5525 XRectangle
*r1
, *r2
, *result
;
5527 XRectangle
*left
, *right
;
5528 XRectangle
*upper
, *lower
;
5529 int intersection_p
= 0;
5531 /* Rearrange so that R1 is the left-most rectangle. */
5533 left
= r1
, right
= r2
;
5535 left
= r2
, right
= r1
;
5537 /* X0 of the intersection is right.x0, if this is inside R1,
5538 otherwise there is no intersection. */
5539 if (right
->x
<= left
->x
+ left
->width
)
5541 result
->x
= right
->x
;
5543 /* The right end of the intersection is the minimum of the
5544 the right ends of left and right. */
5545 result
->width
= (min (left
->x
+ left
->width
, right
->x
+ right
->width
)
5548 /* Same game for Y. */
5550 upper
= r1
, lower
= r2
;
5552 upper
= r2
, lower
= r1
;
5554 /* The upper end of the intersection is lower.y0, if this is inside
5555 of upper. Otherwise, there is no intersection. */
5556 if (lower
->y
<= upper
->y
+ upper
->height
)
5558 result
->y
= lower
->y
;
5560 /* The lower end of the intersection is the minimum of the lower
5561 ends of upper and lower. */
5562 result
->height
= (min (lower
->y
+ lower
->height
,
5563 upper
->y
+ upper
->height
)
5569 return intersection_p
;
5580 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
5581 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
5582 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
5583 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
5585 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5586 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
5588 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
5592 frame_unhighlight (f
)
5595 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
5596 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
5597 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
5598 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
5600 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5601 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
5603 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
5606 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
5607 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
5608 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
5609 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
5610 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
5613 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
)
5614 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5615 struct frame
*frame
;
5617 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
5619 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
5621 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
5622 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
5623 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
5625 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
5626 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
5629 selected_frame
= frame
;
5630 XSETFRAME (XWINDOW (selected_frame
->selected_window
)->frame
,
5632 Fselect_window (selected_frame
->selected_window
);
5633 choose_minibuf_frame ();
5636 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
5637 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
5639 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
5642 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
5645 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
5648 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
)
5649 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5651 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
5654 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
5655 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
5656 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
5658 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
5659 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
5660 the appropriate X display info. */
5663 XTframe_rehighlight (frame
)
5664 struct frame
*frame
;
5666 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
5670 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
)
5671 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5673 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
5675 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
5677 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
5678 = ((GC_FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
5679 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
5680 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
5681 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
5683 FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
) = Qnil
;
5684 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
5688 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
5690 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
5693 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
5694 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
5695 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
5701 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
5703 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
5705 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
)
5706 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5708 int min_code
, max_code
;
5711 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
5713 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
5714 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
5715 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
5716 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
5717 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
5720 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
5722 min_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->min_keycode
;
5723 max_code
= dpyinfo
->display
->max_keycode
;
5726 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
5727 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
5729 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
5731 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
5732 Alt keysyms are on. */
5734 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
5736 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
5737 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
5740 = mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
5742 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
5746 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
5750 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
5752 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
5758 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
5763 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
5768 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
5773 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
5777 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
5778 if ((1 << row
) == LockMask
)
5779 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
5787 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
5788 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
5790 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
5791 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
5794 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
5795 make them just meta, not alt. */
5796 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
5798 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
5801 XFree ((char *) syms
);
5802 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
5805 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
5809 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
5810 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5813 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
5814 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
5815 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? meta_modifier
: 0)
5816 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? alt_modifier
: 0)
5817 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? super_modifier
: 0)
5818 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? hyper_modifier
: 0));
5822 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (dpyinfo
, state
)
5823 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5826 return ( ((state
& alt_modifier
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
5827 | ((state
& super_modifier
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
5828 | ((state
& hyper_modifier
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
5829 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
5830 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
5831 | ((state
& meta_modifier
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
5834 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
5837 x_get_keysym_name (keysym
)
5843 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
5851 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
5853 /* Given a pixel position (PIX_X, PIX_Y) on frame F, return glyph
5854 co-ordinates in (*X, *Y). Set *BOUNDS to the rectangle that the
5855 glyph at X, Y occupies, if BOUNDS != 0. If NOCLIP is non-zero, do
5856 not force the value into range. */
5859 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
, x
, y
, bounds
, noclip
)
5861 register int pix_x
, pix_y
;
5862 register int *x
, *y
;
5866 /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to round down
5867 even for negative values. */
5869 pix_x
-= FONT_WIDTH ((f
)->output_data
.x
->font
) - 1;
5871 pix_y
-= (f
)->output_data
.x
->line_height
- 1;
5873 pix_x
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL (f
, pix_x
);
5874 pix_y
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_ROW (f
, pix_y
);
5878 bounds
->width
= FONT_WIDTH (f
->output_data
.x
->font
);
5879 bounds
->height
= f
->output_data
.x
->line_height
;
5880 bounds
->x
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f
, pix_x
);
5881 bounds
->y
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f
, pix_y
);
5888 else if (pix_x
> FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f
))
5889 pix_x
= FRAME_WINDOW_WIDTH (f
);
5893 else if (pix_y
> f
->height
)
5902 /* Given HPOS/VPOS in the current matrix of W, return corresponding
5903 frame-relative pixel positions in *FRAME_X and *FRAME_Y. If we
5904 can't tell the positions because W's display is not up to date,
5908 glyph_to_pixel_coords (w
, hpos
, vpos
, frame_x
, frame_y
)
5911 int *frame_x
, *frame_y
;
5915 xassert (hpos
>= 0 && hpos
< w
->current_matrix
->matrix_w
);
5916 xassert (vpos
>= 0 && vpos
< w
->current_matrix
->matrix_h
);
5918 if (display_completed
)
5920 struct glyph_row
*row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
);
5921 struct glyph
*glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
5922 struct glyph
*end
= glyph
+ min (hpos
, row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]);
5928 *frame_x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
5936 *frame_y
= *frame_x
= 0;
5940 *frame_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, *frame_y
);
5941 *frame_x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, *frame_x
);
5946 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
5948 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
5952 construct_mouse_click (result
, event
, f
)
5953 struct input_event
*result
;
5954 XButtonEvent
*event
;
5957 /* Make the event type no_event; we'll change that when we decide
5959 result
->kind
= mouse_click
;
5960 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
5961 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
5962 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
5964 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5968 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
5969 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
5970 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
5974 #if 0 /* This function isn't called. --gerd */
5976 /* Prepare a menu-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue. */
5979 construct_menu_click (result
, event
, f
)
5980 struct input_event
*result
;
5981 XButtonEvent
*event
;
5984 /* Make the event type no_event; we'll change that when we decide
5986 result
->kind
= mouse_click
;
5987 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
5988 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
5989 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
5991 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5995 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
5996 XSETINT (result
->y
, -1);
5997 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
6003 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
6004 The input handler calls this.
6006 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
6007 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
6008 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
6009 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
6011 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
6012 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
6015 note_mouse_movement (frame
, event
)
6017 XMotionEvent
*event
;
6019 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
6020 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
6021 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
6023 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
6025 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
6026 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
6027 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
6030 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
6031 else if (event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
6032 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
6033 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
6034 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
6036 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
6037 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
6038 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
6042 /* This is used for debugging, to turn off note_mouse_highlight. */
6044 int disable_mouse_highlight
;
6048 /************************************************************************
6050 ************************************************************************/
6052 /* Find the glyph under window-relative coordinates X/Y in window W.
6053 Consider only glyphs from buffer text, i.e. no glyphs from overlay
6054 strings. Return in *HPOS and *VPOS the row and column number of
6055 the glyph found. Return in *AREA the glyph area containing X.
6056 Value is a pointer to the glyph found or null if X/Y is not on
6057 text, or we can't tell because W's current matrix is not up to
6060 static struct glyph
*
6061 x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w
, x
, y
, hpos
, vpos
, area
)
6064 int *hpos
, *vpos
, *area
;
6066 struct glyph
*glyph
, *end
;
6067 struct glyph_row
*row
;
6068 int x0
, i
, left_area_width
;
6070 /* Find row containing Y. Give up if some row is not enabled. */
6071 for (i
= 0; i
< w
->current_matrix
->nrows
; ++i
)
6073 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, i
);
6074 if (!row
->enabled_p
)
6076 if (y
>= row
->y
&& y
< MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
))
6083 /* Give up if Y is not in the window. */
6084 if (i
== w
->current_matrix
->nrows
)
6087 /* Get the glyph area containing X. */
6088 if (w
->pseudo_window_p
)
6095 left_area_width
= window_box_width (w
, LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
);
6096 if (x
< left_area_width
)
6098 *area
= LEFT_MARGIN_AREA
;
6101 else if (x
< left_area_width
+ window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
))
6104 x0
= row
->x
+ left_area_width
;
6108 *area
= RIGHT_MARGIN_AREA
;
6109 x0
= left_area_width
+ window_box_width (w
, TEXT_AREA
);
6113 /* Find glyph containing X. */
6114 glyph
= row
->glyphs
[*area
];
6115 end
= glyph
+ row
->used
[*area
];
6118 if (x
< x0
+ glyph
->pixel_width
)
6120 if (w
->pseudo_window_p
)
6122 else if (BUFFERP (glyph
->object
))
6126 x0
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
6133 *hpos
= glyph
- row
->glyphs
[*area
];
6138 /* Convert frame-relative x/y to coordinates relative to window W.
6139 Takes pseudo-windows into account. */
6142 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w
, x
, y
)
6146 if (w
->pseudo_window_p
)
6148 /* A pseudo-window is always full-width, and starts at the
6149 left edge of the frame, plus a frame border. */
6150 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
6151 *x
-= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH_SAFE (f
);
6152 *y
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w
, *y
);
6156 *x
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_X (w
, *x
);
6157 *y
= FRAME_TO_WINDOW_PIXEL_Y (w
, *y
);
6162 /* Take proper action when mouse has moved to the mode or top line of
6163 window W, x-position X. MODE_LINE_P non-zero means mouse is on the
6164 mode line. X is relative to the start of the text display area of
6165 W, so the width of bitmap areas and scroll bars must be subtracted
6166 to get a position relative to the start of the mode line. */
6169 note_mode_line_highlight (w
, x
, mode_line_p
)
6173 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
6174 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
6175 Cursor cursor
= dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
6176 struct glyph_row
*row
;
6179 row
= MATRIX_MODE_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
6181 row
= MATRIX_HEADER_LINE_ROW (w
->current_matrix
);
6185 struct glyph
*glyph
, *end
;
6186 Lisp_Object help
, map
;
6189 /* Find the glyph under X. */
6190 glyph
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
];
6191 end
= glyph
+ row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
6192 x0
= - (FRAME_LEFT_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
)
6193 + FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
));
6195 && x
>= x0
+ glyph
->pixel_width
)
6197 x0
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
6202 && STRINGP (glyph
->object
)
6203 && XSTRING (glyph
->object
)->intervals
6204 && glyph
->charpos
>= 0
6205 && glyph
->charpos
< XSTRING (glyph
->object
)->size
)
6207 /* If we're on a string with `help-echo' text property,
6208 arrange for the help to be displayed. This is done by
6209 setting the global variable help_echo to the help string. */
6210 help
= Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph
->charpos
),
6211 Qhelp_echo
, glyph
->object
);
6215 /* Change the mouse pointer according to what is under X/Y. */
6216 map
= Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph
->charpos
),
6217 Qlocal_map
, glyph
->object
);
6218 if (!NILP (Fkeymapp (map
)))
6219 cursor
= f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
;
6223 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
6227 /* Take proper action when the mouse has moved to position X, Y on
6228 frame F as regards highlighting characters that have mouse-face
6229 properties. Also de-highlighting chars where the mouse was before.
6230 X and Y can be negative or out of range. */
6233 note_mouse_highlight (f
, x
, y
)
6237 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
6242 /* When a menu is active, don't highlight because this looks odd. */
6243 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6244 if (popup_activated ())
6248 if (disable_mouse_highlight
6249 || !f
->glyphs_initialized_p
)
6252 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= x
;
6253 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= y
;
6254 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= f
;
6256 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
)
6261 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 1;
6265 /* Which window is that in? */
6266 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, &portion
, 1);
6268 /* If we were displaying active text in another window, clear that. */
6269 if (! EQ (window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
))
6270 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6272 /* Not on a window -> return. */
6273 if (!WINDOWP (window
))
6276 /* Convert to window-relative pixel coordinates. */
6277 w
= XWINDOW (window
);
6278 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w
, &x
, &y
);
6280 /* Handle tool-bar window differently since it doesn't display a
6282 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
6284 note_tool_bar_highlight (f
, x
, y
);
6288 if (portion
== 1 || portion
== 3)
6290 /* Mouse is on the mode or top line. */
6291 note_mode_line_highlight (w
, x
, portion
== 1);
6295 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
6296 f
->output_data
.x
->text_cursor
);
6298 /* Are we in a window whose display is up to date?
6299 And verify the buffer's text has not changed. */
6300 if (/* Within text portion of the window. */
6302 && EQ (w
->window_end_valid
, w
->buffer
)
6303 && XFASTINT (w
->last_modified
) == BUF_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
))
6304 && (XFASTINT (w
->last_overlay_modified
)
6305 == BUF_OVERLAY_MODIFF (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
))))
6307 int hpos
, vpos
, pos
, i
, area
;
6308 struct glyph
*glyph
;
6310 /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */
6311 glyph
= x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w
, x
, y
, &hpos
, &vpos
, &area
);
6313 /* Clear mouse face if X/Y not over text. */
6315 || area
!= TEXT_AREA
6316 || !MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
)->displays_text_p
)
6318 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6322 pos
= glyph
->charpos
;
6323 xassert (w
->pseudo_window_p
|| BUFFERP (glyph
->object
));
6325 /* Check for mouse-face and help-echo. */
6327 Lisp_Object mouse_face
, overlay
, position
;
6328 Lisp_Object
*overlay_vec
;
6330 struct buffer
*obuf
;
6333 /* If we get an out-of-range value, return now; avoid an error. */
6334 if (pos
> BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)))
6337 /* Make the window's buffer temporarily current for
6338 overlays_at and compute_char_face. */
6339 obuf
= current_buffer
;
6340 current_buffer
= XBUFFER (w
->buffer
);
6346 /* Is this char mouse-active or does it have help-echo? */
6347 XSETINT (position
, pos
);
6349 /* Put all the overlays we want in a vector in overlay_vec.
6350 Store the length in len. If there are more than 10, make
6351 enough space for all, and try again. */
6353 overlay_vec
= (Lisp_Object
*) alloca (len
* sizeof (Lisp_Object
));
6354 noverlays
= overlays_at (pos
, 0, &overlay_vec
, &len
, NULL
, NULL
);
6355 if (noverlays
> len
)
6358 overlay_vec
= (Lisp_Object
*) alloca (len
* sizeof (Lisp_Object
));
6359 noverlays
= overlays_at (pos
, 0, &overlay_vec
, &len
, NULL
, NULL
);
6362 noverlays
= sort_overlays (overlay_vec
, noverlays
, w
);
6364 /* Check mouse-face highlighting. */
6365 if (! (EQ (window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
6366 && vpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
6367 && vpos
<= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
6368 && (vpos
> dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
6369 || hpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
)
6370 && (vpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
6371 || hpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
6372 || dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
)))
6374 /* Clear the display of the old active region, if any. */
6375 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6377 /* Find the highest priority overlay that has a mouse-face prop. */
6379 for (i
= 0; i
< noverlays
; i
++)
6381 mouse_face
= Foverlay_get (overlay_vec
[i
], Qmouse_face
);
6382 if (!NILP (mouse_face
))
6384 overlay
= overlay_vec
[i
];
6389 /* If no overlay applies, get a text property. */
6391 mouse_face
= Fget_text_property (position
, Qmouse_face
, w
->buffer
);
6393 /* Handle the overlay case. */
6394 if (! NILP (overlay
))
6396 /* Find the range of text around this char that
6397 should be active. */
6398 Lisp_Object before
, after
;
6401 before
= Foverlay_start (overlay
);
6402 after
= Foverlay_end (overlay
);
6403 /* Record this as the current active region. */
6404 fast_find_position (w
, XFASTINT (before
),
6405 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
,
6406 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
,
6407 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
,
6408 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
);
6409 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
6410 = !fast_find_position (w
, XFASTINT (after
),
6411 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
,
6412 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
,
6413 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
,
6414 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_y
);
6415 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= window
;
6416 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
6417 = face_at_buffer_position (w
, pos
, 0, 0,
6418 &ignore
, pos
+ 1, 1);
6420 /* Display it as active. */
6421 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
);
6423 /* Handle the text property case. */
6424 else if (! NILP (mouse_face
))
6426 /* Find the range of text around this char that
6427 should be active. */
6428 Lisp_Object before
, after
, beginning
, end
;
6431 beginning
= Fmarker_position (w
->start
);
6432 XSETINT (end
, (BUF_Z (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
))
6433 - XFASTINT (w
->window_end_pos
)));
6435 = Fprevious_single_property_change (make_number (pos
+ 1),
6437 w
->buffer
, beginning
);
6439 = Fnext_single_property_change (position
, Qmouse_face
,
6441 /* Record this as the current active region. */
6442 fast_find_position (w
, XFASTINT (before
),
6443 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
,
6444 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
,
6445 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
,
6446 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
);
6447 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
6448 = !fast_find_position (w
, XFASTINT (after
),
6449 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
,
6450 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
,
6451 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
,
6452 &dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_y
);
6453 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= window
;
6454 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
6455 = face_at_buffer_position (w
, pos
, 0, 0,
6456 &ignore
, pos
+ 1, 1);
6458 /* Display it as active. */
6459 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
);
6463 /* Look for a `help-echo' property. */
6467 /* Check overlays first. */
6469 for (i
= 0; i
< noverlays
&& !STRINGP (help
); ++i
)
6470 help
= Foverlay_get (overlay_vec
[i
], Qhelp_echo
);
6472 /* Try text properties. */
6474 && ((STRINGP (glyph
->object
)
6475 && glyph
->charpos
>= 0
6476 && glyph
->charpos
< XSTRING (glyph
->object
)->size
)
6477 || (BUFFERP (glyph
->object
)
6478 && glyph
->charpos
>= BEGV
6479 && glyph
->charpos
< ZV
)))
6480 help
= Fget_text_property (make_number (glyph
->charpos
),
6481 Qhelp_echo
, glyph
->object
);
6489 current_buffer
= obuf
;
6495 redo_mouse_highlight ()
6497 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
6498 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
6499 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
6500 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
6501 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
6506 /***********************************************************************
6508 ***********************************************************************/
6510 static int x_tool_bar_item
P_ ((struct frame
*, int, int,
6511 struct glyph
**, int *, int *, int *));
6513 /* Tool-bar item index of the item on which a mouse button was pressed
6516 static int last_tool_bar_item
;
6519 /* Get information about the tool-bar item at position X/Y on frame F.
6520 Return in *GLYPH a pointer to the glyph of the tool-bar item in
6521 the current matrix of the tool-bar window of F, or NULL if not
6522 on a tool-bar item. Return in *PROP_IDX the index of the tool-bar
6523 item in F->current_tool_bar_items. Value is
6525 -1 if X/Y is not on a tool-bar item
6526 0 if X/Y is on the same item that was highlighted before.
6530 x_tool_bar_item (f
, x
, y
, glyph
, hpos
, vpos
, prop_idx
)
6533 struct glyph
**glyph
;
6534 int *hpos
, *vpos
, *prop_idx
;
6536 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
6537 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
);
6540 /* Find the glyph under X/Y. */
6541 *glyph
= x_y_to_hpos_vpos (w
, x
, y
, hpos
, vpos
, &area
);
6545 /* Get the start of this tool-bar item's properties in
6546 f->current_tool_bar_items. */
6547 if (!tool_bar_item_info (f
, *glyph
, prop_idx
))
6550 /* Is mouse on the highlighted item? */
6551 if (EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
6552 && *vpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
6553 && *vpos
<= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
6554 && (*vpos
> dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
6555 || *hpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
)
6556 && (*vpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
6557 || *hpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
6558 || dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
))
6565 /* Handle mouse button event on the tool-bar of frame F, at
6566 frame-relative coordinates X/Y. EVENT_TYPE is either ButtionPress
6570 x_handle_tool_bar_click (f
, button_event
)
6572 XButtonEvent
*button_event
;
6574 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
6575 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
);
6576 int hpos
, vpos
, prop_idx
;
6577 struct glyph
*glyph
;
6578 Lisp_Object enabled_p
;
6579 int x
= button_event
->x
;
6580 int y
= button_event
->y
;
6582 /* If not on the highlighted tool-bar item, return. */
6583 frame_to_window_pixel_xy (w
, &x
, &y
);
6584 if (x_tool_bar_item (f
, x
, y
, &glyph
, &hpos
, &vpos
, &prop_idx
) != 0)
6587 /* If item is disabled, do nothing. */
6588 enabled_p
= (XVECTOR (f
->current_tool_bar_items
)
6589 ->contents
[prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P
]);
6590 if (NILP (enabled_p
))
6593 if (button_event
->type
== ButtonPress
)
6595 /* Show item in pressed state. */
6596 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
);
6597 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_image_state
= DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
;
6598 last_tool_bar_item
= prop_idx
;
6602 Lisp_Object key
, frame
;
6603 struct input_event event
;
6605 /* Show item in released state. */
6606 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
);
6607 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_image_state
= DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
6609 key
= (XVECTOR (f
->current_tool_bar_items
)
6610 ->contents
[prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_KEY
]);
6612 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6613 event
.kind
= TOOL_BAR_EVENT
;
6614 event
.frame_or_window
= Fcons (frame
, Fcons (Qtool_bar
, Qnil
));
6615 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event
);
6617 event
.kind
= TOOL_BAR_EVENT
;
6618 event
.frame_or_window
= Fcons (frame
, key
);
6619 event
.modifiers
= x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6620 button_event
->state
);
6621 kbd_buffer_store_event (&event
);
6622 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6627 /* Possibly highlight a tool-bar item on frame F when mouse moves to
6628 tool-bar window-relative coordinates X/Y. Called from
6629 note_mouse_highlight. */
6632 note_tool_bar_highlight (f
, x
, y
)
6636 Lisp_Object window
= f
->tool_bar_window
;
6637 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
6638 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
6640 struct glyph
*glyph
;
6641 struct glyph_row
*row
;
6643 Lisp_Object enabled_p
;
6645 enum draw_glyphs_face draw
= DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
6646 int mouse_down_p
, rc
;
6648 /* Function note_mouse_highlight is called with negative x(y
6649 values when mouse moves outside of the frame. */
6650 if (x
<= 0 || y
<= 0)
6652 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6656 rc
= x_tool_bar_item (f
, x
, y
, &glyph
, &hpos
, &vpos
, &prop_idx
);
6659 /* Not on tool-bar item. */
6660 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6664 /* On same tool-bar item as before. */
6667 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
6669 /* Mouse is down, but on different tool-bar item? */
6670 mouse_down_p
= (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6671 && f
== last_mouse_frame
6672 && FRAME_LIVE_P (f
));
6674 && last_tool_bar_item
!= prop_idx
)
6677 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_image_state
= DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
;
6678 draw
= mouse_down_p
? DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
: DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
6680 /* If tool-bar item is not enabled, don't highlight it. */
6681 enabled_p
= (XVECTOR (f
->current_tool_bar_items
)
6682 ->contents
[prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_ENABLED_P
]);
6683 if (!NILP (enabled_p
))
6685 /* Compute the x-position of the glyph. In front and past the
6686 image is a space. We include this is the highlighted area. */
6687 row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, vpos
);
6688 for (i
= x
= 0; i
< hpos
; ++i
)
6689 x
+= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
][i
].pixel_width
;
6691 /* Record this as the current active region. */
6692 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= hpos
;
6693 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= vpos
;
6694 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
= x
;
6695 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_y
= row
->y
;
6696 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_past_end
= 0;
6698 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= hpos
+ 1;
6699 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= vpos
;
6700 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_x
= x
+ glyph
->pixel_width
;
6701 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_y
= row
->y
;
6702 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= window
;
6703 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
;
6705 /* Display it as active. */
6706 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, draw
);
6707 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_image_state
= draw
;
6712 /* Set help_echo to a help string.to display for this tool-bar item.
6713 XTread_socket does the rest. */
6714 help_echo
= (XVECTOR (f
->current_tool_bar_items
)
6715 ->contents
[prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_HELP
]);
6716 if (!STRINGP (help_echo
))
6717 help_echo
= (XVECTOR (f
->current_tool_bar_items
)
6718 ->contents
[prop_idx
+ TOOL_BAR_ITEM_CAPTION
]);
6723 /* Find the glyph matrix position of buffer position POS in window W.
6724 *HPOS, *VPOS, *X, and *Y are set to the positions found. W's
6725 current glyphs must be up to date. If POS is above window start
6726 return (0, 0, 0, 0). If POS is after end of W, return end of
6730 fast_find_position (w
, pos
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
)
6733 int *hpos
, *vpos
, *x
, *y
;
6737 int maybe_next_line_p
= 0;
6738 int line_start_position
;
6739 int yb
= window_text_bottom_y (w
);
6740 struct glyph_row
*row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, 0);
6741 struct glyph_row
*best_row
= row
;
6742 int row_vpos
= 0, best_row_vpos
= 0;
6747 if (row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
6748 line_start_position
= row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
]->charpos
;
6750 line_start_position
= 0;
6752 if (line_start_position
> pos
)
6754 /* If the position sought is the end of the buffer,
6755 don't include the blank lines at the bottom of the window. */
6756 else if (line_start_position
== pos
6757 && pos
== BUF_ZV (XBUFFER (w
->buffer
)))
6759 maybe_next_line_p
= 1;
6762 else if (line_start_position
> 0)
6765 best_row_vpos
= row_vpos
;
6772 /* Find the right column within BEST_ROW. */
6774 current_x
= best_row
->x
;
6775 for (i
= 0; i
< best_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
]; i
++)
6777 struct glyph
*glyph
= best_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + i
;
6780 charpos
= glyph
->charpos
;
6784 *vpos
= best_row_vpos
;
6789 else if (charpos
> pos
)
6791 else if (charpos
> 0)
6794 current_x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
6797 /* If we're looking for the end of the buffer,
6798 and we didn't find it in the line we scanned,
6799 use the start of the following line. */
6800 if (maybe_next_line_p
)
6805 current_x
= best_row
->x
;
6808 *vpos
= best_row_vpos
;
6809 *hpos
= lastcol
+ 1;
6816 /* Display the active region described by mouse_face_*
6817 in its mouse-face if HL > 0, in its normal face if HL = 0. */
6820 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, draw
)
6821 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6822 enum draw_glyphs_face draw
;
6824 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
);
6825 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
6827 int cursor_off_p
= 0;
6828 struct cursor_pos saved_cursor
;
6830 saved_cursor
= output_cursor
;
6832 /* If window is in the process of being destroyed, don't bother
6834 if (w
->current_matrix
== NULL
)
6837 /* Recognize when we are called to operate on rows that don't exist
6838 anymore. This can happen when a window is split. */
6839 if (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
>= w
->current_matrix
->nrows
)
6842 set_output_cursor (&w
->phys_cursor
);
6844 /* Note that mouse_face_beg_row etc. are window relative. */
6845 for (i
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
;
6846 i
<= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
;
6849 int start_hpos
, end_hpos
, start_x
;
6850 struct glyph_row
*row
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, i
);
6852 /* Don't do anything if row doesn't have valid contents. */
6853 if (!row
->enabled_p
)
6856 /* For all but the first row, the highlight starts at column 0. */
6857 if (i
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
)
6859 start_hpos
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
;
6860 start_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_x
;
6868 if (i
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
)
6869 end_hpos
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
;
6871 end_hpos
= row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
];
6873 /* If the cursor's in the text we are about to rewrite, turn the
6875 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
6876 && i
== output_cursor
.vpos
6877 && output_cursor
.hpos
>= start_hpos
- 1
6878 && output_cursor
.hpos
<= end_hpos
)
6880 x_update_window_cursor (w
, 0);
6884 if (end_hpos
> start_hpos
)
6885 x_draw_glyphs (w
, start_x
, row
, TEXT_AREA
,
6886 start_hpos
, end_hpos
, draw
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
6889 /* If we turned the cursor off, turn it back on. */
6891 x_display_cursor (w
, 1,
6892 output_cursor
.hpos
, output_cursor
.vpos
,
6893 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
6895 output_cursor
= saved_cursor
;
6899 /* Change the mouse cursor. */
6900 if (draw
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
6901 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
6902 f
->output_data
.x
->text_cursor
);
6903 else if (draw
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
6904 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
6905 f
->output_data
.x
->cross_cursor
);
6907 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
6908 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
6911 /* Clear out the mouse-highlighted active region.
6912 Redraw it un-highlighted first. */
6915 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
)
6916 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6921 if (! NILP (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
))
6922 show_mouse_face (dpyinfo
, DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
);
6924 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
6925 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
6926 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
6929 /* Just discard the mouse face information for frame F, if any.
6930 This is used when the size of F is changed. */
6933 cancel_mouse_face (f
)
6937 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
6939 window
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
;
6940 if (! NILP (window
) && XFRAME (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
) == f
)
6942 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
6943 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
6944 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
6948 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar ();
6949 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion ();
6951 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
6952 *fp should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
6954 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *fp, *bar_window,
6955 and *part to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
6956 is over. Set *x and *y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
6957 position on the scroll bar.
6959 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *fp to the frame the
6960 mouse is on, *bar_window to nil, and *x and *y to the character cell
6963 Set *time to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
6964 was at this position.
6966 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
6968 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
6972 XTmouse_position (fp
, insist
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
6975 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
6976 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
6978 unsigned long *time
;
6984 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
6985 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
);
6991 Window dummy_window
;
6994 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
6996 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
6997 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
6998 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
6999 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
7001 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
7003 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
7004 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
7005 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
7007 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
7010 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
7011 a different screen. */
7014 /* The position on that root window. */
7017 /* More trash we can't trust. */
7020 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
7022 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
7024 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
7025 containing the pointer. */
7029 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
7034 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
7035 structure is changing at the same time this function
7036 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
7038 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
7040 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
7041 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
7043 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
7044 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
7045 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
7047 /* From-window, to-window. */
7048 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
7050 /* From-position, to-position. */
7051 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
7055 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
7061 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
7063 /* From-window, to-window. */
7066 /* From-position, to-position. */
7067 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
7072 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
7080 /* Now we know that:
7081 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
7082 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
7083 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
7084 (XTC did this the last time through), and
7085 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
7086 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
7087 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
7088 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
7089 never use them in that case.) */
7091 /* Is win one of our frames? */
7092 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
7095 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
7098 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), count
);
7100 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
7103 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (win
);
7107 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
7113 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
7114 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
7118 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
7119 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
7120 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
7121 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
7122 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
7123 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
7124 the frame are divided into. */
7126 #if OLD_REDISPLAY_CODE
7127 int ignore1
, ignore2
;
7128 pixel_to_glyph_coords (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &ignore1
, &ignore2
,
7130 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f1
)->grabbed
7134 int width
= FRAME_SMALLEST_CHAR_WIDTH (f1
);
7135 int height
= FRAME_SMALLEST_FONT_HEIGHT (f1
);
7139 /* Arrange for the division in PIXEL_TO_CHAR_COL etc. to
7140 round down even for negative values. */
7146 last_mouse_glyph
.width
= width
;
7147 last_mouse_glyph
.height
= height
;
7148 last_mouse_glyph
.x
= (x
+ width
- 1) / width
* width
;
7149 last_mouse_glyph
.y
= (y
+ height
- 1) / height
* height
;
7156 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
7157 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
7158 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
7167 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7169 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
7170 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
7171 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
7172 that slows us down. */
7175 x_process_timeouts (timer
)
7176 struct atimer
*timer
;
7178 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated_flag
)
7181 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
7182 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
7187 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7190 /* Scroll bar support. */
7192 /* Given an X window ID, find the struct scroll_bar which manages it.
7193 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
7196 static struct scroll_bar
*
7197 x_window_to_scroll_bar (window_id
)
7202 for (tail
= Vframe_list
;
7203 XGCTYPE (tail
) == Lisp_Cons
;
7206 Lisp_Object frame
, bar
, condemned
;
7208 frame
= XCAR (tail
);
7209 /* All elements of Vframe_list should be frames. */
7210 if (! GC_FRAMEP (frame
))
7213 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
7215 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
7216 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
7217 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
7218 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
7219 ! GC_NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
7222 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
7223 if (SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)) == window_id
)
7224 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
7232 /************************************************************************
7234 ************************************************************************/
7236 #if USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7238 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event
P_ ((XEvent
*, struct input_event
*));
7239 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event
P_ ((Lisp_Object
, int, int, int));
7240 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar
P_ ((struct frame
*,
7241 struct scroll_bar
*));
7242 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
P_ ((struct scroll_bar
*,
7246 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
7248 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
7250 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
7251 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
7253 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
7255 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
7257 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
7259 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
7260 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
7262 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
7264 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
7265 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
7266 to avoid jerkyness. */
7268 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
7271 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
7272 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
7273 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
7274 a `end-scroll' scroll_bar_click' event if so. */
7277 xt_action_hook (widget
, client_data
, action_name
, event
, params
,
7280 XtPointer client_data
;
7284 Cardinal
*num_params
;
7290 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
7291 end_action
= "Release";
7292 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
7293 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
7294 end_action
= "EndScroll";
7295 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
7298 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
7299 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
7303 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
7304 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
7305 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
7306 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
7307 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
7308 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
7310 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
7311 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
7316 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
7317 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
7318 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
7319 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
7322 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window
, part
, portion
, whole
)
7324 int part
, portion
, whole
;
7327 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
7328 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
);
7330 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
7331 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
7332 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
7333 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7334 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7336 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) window
;
7337 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
7338 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
7339 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
7340 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
7342 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
7343 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
7345 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
7346 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
7347 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
7349 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
7354 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
7358 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, ievent
)
7360 struct input_event
*ievent
;
7362 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
7363 Lisp_Object window
= (Lisp_Object
) ev
->data
.l
[0];
7364 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
);
7366 ievent
->kind
= scroll_bar_click
;
7367 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
7368 ievent
->timestamp
= XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7369 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
7370 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
7371 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
7372 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
7373 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
7379 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
7382 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
7383 #define XM_SB_RANGE (XM_SB_MAX - XM_SB_MIN)
7386 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
7387 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
7388 CALL_DATA is a pointer a a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
7391 xm_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
7393 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
7395 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
7396 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
7398 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
7402 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
7403 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
7404 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
7407 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
7408 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
7409 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
7412 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
7413 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
7414 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
7417 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
7418 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
7419 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
7423 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
7424 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
7427 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
7428 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
7429 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
7435 int dragging_down_p
= (INTEGERP (bar
->dragging
)
7436 && XINT (bar
->dragging
) <= cs
->value
);
7438 /* Get the slider size. */
7440 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
7443 /* At the max position of the scroll bar, do a line-wise
7444 movement. Without doing anything, the LessTif scroll bar
7445 calls us with the same cs->value again and again. If we
7446 want to make sure that we can reach the end of the buffer,
7447 we have to do something.
7449 Implementation note: setting bar->dragging always to
7450 cs->value gives a smoother movement at the max position.
7451 Setting it to nil when doing line-wise movement gives
7452 a better slider behavior. */
7454 if (cs
->value
+ slider_size
== XM_SB_MAX
7456 && last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
))
7458 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
7459 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
7463 whole
= XM_SB_RANGE
;
7464 portion
= min (cs
->value
- XM_SB_MIN
, XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
);
7465 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
7466 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
7471 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
7477 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
7478 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
7479 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
7484 #else /* !USE_MOTIF, i.e. Xaw. */
7487 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
7488 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
7489 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
7493 xaw_jump_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
7495 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
7497 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
7498 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
7500 int whole
, portion
, height
;
7503 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
7505 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
7509 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
7511 if (shown
< 1 && (abs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0/height
))
7512 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
7513 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
7514 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
7515 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
7517 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
7519 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
7521 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
7522 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
7523 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
7524 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
7528 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
7529 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
7530 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
7531 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
7532 has taken place. It's magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
7533 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
7534 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
7537 xaw_scroll_callback (widget
, client_data
, call_data
)
7539 XtPointer client_data
, call_data
;
7541 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
7542 int position
= (int) call_data
;
7546 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
7548 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
7551 if (abs (position
) >= height
)
7552 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
7554 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
7555 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
7556 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& abs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
7557 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
7559 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
7561 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
7562 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
7563 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
7564 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
7568 #endif /* not USE_MOTIF */
7571 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
7572 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
7575 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
)
7577 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
7583 char *scroll_bar_name
= "verticalScrollBar";
7584 unsigned long pixel
;
7589 /* LessTif 0.85, problems:
7591 1. When the mouse if over the scroll bar, the scroll bar will
7592 get keyboard events. I didn't find a way to turn this off.
7594 2. Do we have to explicitly set the cursor to get an arrow
7595 cursor (see below)? */
7597 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
7598 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
7599 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, XM_SB_MIN
); ++ac
;
7600 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
7601 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
7602 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
7603 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
7604 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
7606 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
7609 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
7613 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
7616 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
7620 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
7621 scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
7623 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
7624 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
7626 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
7628 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
7630 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
7632 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
7634 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
7636 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
7639 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
7640 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
7642 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
7643 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
7644 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
7645 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
7647 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
7649 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
7650 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
7651 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
7652 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
7653 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
7654 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
7655 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
7656 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
7657 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNbeNiceToColormap, True); ++ac; */
7659 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
7662 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
7666 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
7669 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
7673 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
7674 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
7678 char *val
= initial
;
7679 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
7680 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
7682 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
7683 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
7684 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? -sm */
7685 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
7689 /* Define callbacks. */
7690 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
7691 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
7694 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
7695 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
7697 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
7699 /* Install an action hook that let's us detect when the user
7700 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
7701 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
7702 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
7704 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
7705 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
7706 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
7707 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, xwindow
);
7713 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
7714 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
7717 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
)
7718 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
7719 int portion
, position
, whole
;
7722 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
);
7728 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
7729 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
7737 Boolean arrow1_selected
, arrow2_selected
;
7738 unsigned char flags
;
7739 XmScrollBarWidget sb
;
7741 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
7742 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
7744 size
= shown
* XM_SB_RANGE
;
7745 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_RANGE
);
7746 size
= max (size
, 1);
7748 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
7749 value
= top
* XM_SB_RANGE
;
7750 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
7751 value
= max (value
, XM_SB_MIN
);
7753 /* LessTif: Calling XmScrollBarSetValues after an increment or
7754 decrement turns off auto-repeat LessTif-internally. This can
7755 be seen in ScrollBar.c which resets Arrow1Selected and
7756 Arrow2Selected. It also sets internal flags so that LessTif
7757 believes the mouse is in the slider. We either have to change
7758 our code, or work around that by accessing private data. */
7760 sb
= (XmScrollBarWidget
) widget
;
7761 arrow1_selected
= sb
->scrollBar
.arrow1_selected
;
7762 arrow2_selected
= sb
->scrollBar
.arrow2_selected
;
7763 flags
= sb
->scrollBar
.flags
;
7765 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
7766 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
7767 else if (last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
7768 /* This has the negative side effect that the slider value is
7769 not what it would be if we scrolled here using line-wise or
7770 page-wise movement. */
7771 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, XM_SB_RANGE
- value
, 0, 0, False
);
7774 /* If currently dragging, only update the slider size.
7775 This reduces flicker effects. */
7776 int old_value
, old_size
, increment
, page_increment
;
7778 XmScrollBarGetValues (widget
, &old_value
, &old_size
,
7779 &increment
, &page_increment
);
7780 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, old_value
,
7781 min (size
, XM_SB_RANGE
- old_value
),
7785 sb
->scrollBar
.arrow1_selected
= arrow1_selected
;
7786 sb
->scrollBar
.arrow2_selected
= arrow2_selected
;
7787 sb
->scrollBar
.flags
= flags
;
7789 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
7791 float old_top
, old_shown
;
7793 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
7794 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
7795 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
7799 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
7800 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
7801 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
7804 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
7805 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0 / height
), shown
));
7807 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
7808 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
7809 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
7810 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
7812 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
7813 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
7817 ScrollbarWidget sb
= (ScrollbarWidget
) widget
;
7820 /* `scroll_mode' only exists with Xaw3d + ARROW_SCROLLBAR. */
7821 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
)
7823 /* Xaw3d stupidly ignores resize requests while dragging
7824 so we have to make it believe it's not in dragging mode. */
7825 scroll_mode
= sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
;
7826 if (scroll_mode
== 2)
7827 sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
= 0;
7830 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
7831 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
7832 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
7834 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
7837 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& scroll_mode
== 2)
7838 sb
->scrollbar
.scroll_mode
= scroll_mode
;
7843 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
7848 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7852 /************************************************************************
7853 Scroll bars, general
7854 ************************************************************************/
7856 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
7857 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
7858 WIDTH and HEIGHT are.the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
7861 static struct scroll_bar
*
7862 x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
)
7864 int top
, left
, width
, height
;
7866 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7867 struct scroll_bar
*bar
7868 = XSCROLL_BAR (Fmake_vector (make_number (SCROLL_BAR_VEC_SIZE
), Qnil
));
7872 #if USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7873 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
7874 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7876 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
7880 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
7881 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
7882 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->background_pixel
;
7884 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
7885 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
7887 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
7889 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
7891 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
7892 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
7893 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
7894 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7896 window_box_height (w
), False
);
7898 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7899 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
7900 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
7902 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
7904 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
7911 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
, window
);
7913 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7915 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
7916 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
7917 XSETINT (bar
->left
, left
);
7918 XSETINT (bar
->width
, width
);
7919 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
7920 XSETINT (bar
->start
, 0);
7921 XSETINT (bar
->end
, 0);
7922 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
7924 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
7925 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
7927 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
7928 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
7929 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
7931 /* Map the window/widget. */
7932 #if USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7933 XtMapWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
));
7934 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
),
7935 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
7937 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
7939 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7940 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
7941 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7948 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
7950 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
7951 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
7952 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
7955 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
7956 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
7957 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
7958 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
7959 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
7961 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7964 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, rebuild
)
7965 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
7969 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
7970 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
7971 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
7972 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
7974 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
7976 && start
== XINT (bar
->start
)
7977 && end
== XINT (bar
->end
))
7983 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, XINT (bar
->width
));
7984 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
7985 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
7987 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
7988 the distance between start and end. */
7990 int length
= end
- start
;
7994 else if (start
> top_range
)
7996 end
= start
+ length
;
8000 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
8004 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
8005 XSETINT (bar
->start
, start
);
8006 XSETINT (bar
->end
, end
);
8008 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
8009 if (end
> top_range
)
8012 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
8013 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
8014 that many pixels tall. */
8015 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
8017 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
8018 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
8020 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
8022 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
8023 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
8024 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
8025 inside_width
, start
,
8028 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
8029 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
8030 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
8031 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
8033 /* Draw the handle itself. */
8034 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
8036 /* x, y, width, height */
8037 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
8038 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
8039 inside_width
, end
- start
);
8041 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
8042 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
8043 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
8044 f
->output_data
.x
->foreground_pixel
);
8046 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
8047 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
8048 if (end
< inside_height
)
8049 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
8051 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
8052 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
8053 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
8054 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
8062 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8064 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
8068 x_scroll_bar_remove (bar
)
8069 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
8073 #if USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8074 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
));
8075 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8077 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
8078 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
));
8080 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8082 /* Disassociate this scroll bar from its window. */
8083 XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->vertical_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
8089 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
8090 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
8091 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
8095 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, portion
, whole
, position
)
8097 int portion
, whole
, position
;
8099 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
8100 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
8101 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
8102 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
, window_height
;
8104 /* Get window dimensions. */
8105 window_box (w
, -1, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, &window_height
);
8107 width
= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
8108 height
= window_height
;
8110 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
8111 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f
))
8112 left
= XINT (w
->left
) + XINT (w
->width
) - FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
);
8114 left
= XFASTINT (w
->left
);
8115 left
*= CANON_X_UNIT (f
);
8116 left
+= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
8118 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
8119 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
8120 if (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
8121 sb_width
= FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8125 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
8126 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8127 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f
))
8128 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
- (width
- sb_width
) / 2;
8130 sb_left
= left
+ (width
- sb_width
) / 2;
8132 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS_ON_RIGHT (f
))
8133 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
8138 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
8139 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
8142 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8143 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
8145 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
8149 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
8150 unsigned int mask
= 0;
8152 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
8156 if (sb_left
!= XINT (bar
->left
))
8158 if (top
!= XINT (bar
->top
))
8160 if (sb_width
!= XINT (bar
->width
))
8162 if (height
!= XINT (bar
->height
))
8165 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8167 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
8168 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
8169 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8170 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
8172 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
8174 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
),
8175 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
8177 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
8180 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8182 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
8184 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar. This makes sure a
8185 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
8186 example. Non-toolkit scroll bars are as wide as the area
8187 reserved for scroll bars - trim at both sides. */
8188 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8189 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
8191 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8192 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
8193 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
8197 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
8202 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
8204 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
8206 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
),
8210 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8212 /* Remember new settings. */
8213 XSETINT (bar
->left
, sb_left
);
8214 XSETINT (bar
->top
, top
);
8215 XSETINT (bar
->width
, sb_width
);
8216 XSETINT (bar
->height
, height
);
8221 #if USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8222 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
8223 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8224 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
8226 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
8228 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
8231 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
8234 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
8235 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
8236 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
8239 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8241 XSETVECTOR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
, bar
);
8245 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
8246 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
8247 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
8248 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
8249 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
8250 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
8251 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
8253 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
8254 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
8255 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
8258 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (frame
)
8261 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
8262 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
8265 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
8266 FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
;
8267 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
8268 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
8269 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
8270 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
8271 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
) = bar
;
8275 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
8276 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
8278 XTredeem_scroll_bar (window
)
8279 struct window
*window
;
8281 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
8283 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
8284 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
8287 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
8289 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
8291 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
8293 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
8295 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
8297 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
8298 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
8300 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
8301 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
8302 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = bar
->next
;
8304 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
8305 one or the other! */
8309 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
8311 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
8312 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
8314 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
8316 XSETVECTOR (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), bar
);
8317 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
8318 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
8322 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
8323 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
8326 XTjudge_scroll_bars (f
)
8329 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
8331 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
8333 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
8334 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
8335 FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
) = Qnil
;
8337 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
8339 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
8341 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
8344 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
8347 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
8348 and they should get garbage-collected. */
8352 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
8353 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
8355 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
8359 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
)
8360 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
8363 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8365 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
8366 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
8367 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
8368 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
8372 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, XINT (bar
->start
), XINT (bar
->end
), 1);
8374 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
8375 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
8377 /* x, y, width, height */
8379 XINT (bar
->width
) - 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
8380 XINT (bar
->height
) - 1);
8384 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8387 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
8388 is set to something other than no_event, it is enqueued.
8390 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
8393 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8396 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, emacs_event
)
8397 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
8399 struct input_event
*emacs_event
;
8401 if (! GC_WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
8404 emacs_event
->kind
= scroll_bar_click
;
8405 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
8406 emacs_event
->modifiers
8407 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
8408 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
8409 event
->xbutton
.state
)
8410 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
8413 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
8414 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
8417 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
8419 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
8422 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
8423 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
8426 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
8428 if (y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
8429 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
8430 else if (y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
8431 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
8433 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
8435 /* Just because the user has clicked on the handle doesn't mean
8436 they want to drag it. Lisp code needs to be able to decide
8437 whether or not we're dragging. */
8439 /* If the user has just clicked on the handle, record where they're
8441 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
8442 && emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
8443 XSETINT (bar
->dragging
, y
- XINT (bar
->start
));
8446 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
8447 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
8448 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
8450 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
8451 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
8453 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
8454 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
8457 /* Same deal here as the other #if 0. */
8459 /* Clicks on the handle are always reported as occurring at the top of
8461 if (emacs_event
->part
== scroll_bar_handle
)
8462 emacs_event
->x
= bar
->start
;
8464 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
8466 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
8469 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
8473 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
8475 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
8479 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, event
)
8480 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
8483 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
8485 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
8488 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
8490 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
8491 if (! GC_NILP (bar
->dragging
))
8493 /* Where should the handle be now? */
8494 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
8496 if (new_start
!= XINT (bar
->start
))
8498 int new_end
= new_start
+ (XINT (bar
->end
) - XINT (bar
->start
));
8500 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
8505 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8507 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
8508 on the scroll bar. */
8511 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, time
)
8513 Lisp_Object
*bar_window
;
8514 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
;
8516 unsigned long *time
;
8518 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
8519 Window w
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (bar
);
8520 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
8522 Window dummy_window
;
8524 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
8528 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
8530 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
8532 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
8533 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
8534 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
8536 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
8539 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
8546 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
8549 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, XINT (bar
->height
));
8551 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
8553 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
8554 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
8558 if (win_y
> top_range
)
8562 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
8564 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
8565 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
8566 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->start
))
8567 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
8568 else if (win_y
< XINT (bar
->end
) + VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
8569 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
8571 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
8573 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
8574 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
8577 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
8580 *time
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
8586 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
8587 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
8588 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
8592 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
)
8595 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8598 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
8599 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
8600 But in that case we should not clear them. */
8601 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
8602 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
8603 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
8604 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), SCROLL_BAR_X_WINDOW (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)),
8606 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8609 /* This processes Expose events from the menu-bar specific X event
8610 loop in xmenu.c. This allows to redisplay the frame if necessary
8611 when handling menu-bar or pop-up items. */
8614 process_expose_from_menu (event
)
8618 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8619 int frame_exposed_p
= 0;
8623 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (event
.xexpose
.display
);
8624 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
8627 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
8629 f
->async_visible
= 1;
8630 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
8631 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
8632 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8636 expose_frame (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
),
8637 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
8638 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
8639 frame_exposed_p
= 1;
8644 struct scroll_bar
*bar
8645 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
8648 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
8652 return frame_exposed_p
;
8655 /* Define a queue to save up SelectionRequest events for later handling. */
8657 struct selection_event_queue
8660 struct selection_event_queue
*next
;
8663 static struct selection_event_queue
*queue
;
8665 /* Nonzero means queue up certain events--don't process them yet. */
8667 static int x_queue_selection_requests
;
8669 /* Queue up an X event *EVENT, to be processed later. */
8672 x_queue_event (f
, event
)
8676 struct selection_event_queue
*queue_tmp
8677 = (struct selection_event_queue
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct selection_event_queue
));
8679 if (queue_tmp
!= NULL
)
8681 queue_tmp
->event
= *event
;
8682 queue_tmp
->next
= queue
;
8687 /* Take all the queued events and put them back
8688 so that they get processed afresh. */
8691 x_unqueue_events (display
)
8694 while (queue
!= NULL
)
8696 struct selection_event_queue
*queue_tmp
= queue
;
8697 XPutBackEvent (display
, &queue_tmp
->event
);
8698 queue
= queue_tmp
->next
;
8699 xfree ((char *)queue_tmp
);
8703 /* Start queuing SelectionRequest events. */
8706 x_start_queuing_selection_requests (display
)
8709 x_queue_selection_requests
++;
8712 /* Stop queuing SelectionRequest events. */
8715 x_stop_queuing_selection_requests (display
)
8718 x_queue_selection_requests
--;
8719 x_unqueue_events (display
);
8722 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
8724 /* Time stamp of enter window event. This is only used by XTread_socket,
8725 but we have to put it out here, since static variables within functions
8726 sometimes don't work. */
8728 static Time enter_timestamp
;
8730 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
8731 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
8732 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
8733 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
8735 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
8736 given for enter_time stamp, above. */
8738 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
8740 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
8741 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
8743 static int temp_index
;
8744 static short temp_buffer
[100];
8746 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
8747 on a particular display. */
8749 struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
8751 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
8752 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
8753 We try all the open displays, one by one.
8754 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
8756 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
8758 #define SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT(size) \
8761 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
8762 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event \
8763 = (XEvent *) xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
8764 bcopy (&event, f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event, size); \
8765 if (numchars >= 1) \
8767 bufp->kind = menu_bar_activate_event; \
8768 XSETFRAME (bufp->frame_or_window, f); \
8776 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XButtonEvent))
8777 #define SET_SAVED_KEY_EVENT SET_SAVED_MENU_EVENT (sizeof (XKeyEvent))
8779 /* Read events coming from the X server.
8780 This routine is called by the SIGIO handler.
8781 We return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
8783 Events representing keys are stored in buffer BUFP,
8784 which can hold up to NUMCHARS characters.
8785 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
8786 thus pretending to be `read'.
8788 EXPECTED is nonzero if the caller knows input is available. */
8791 XTread_socket (sd
, bufp
, numchars
, expected
)
8793 /* register */ struct input_event
*bufp
;
8794 /* register */ int numchars
;
8801 int event_found
= 0;
8802 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8804 if (interrupt_input_blocked
)
8806 interrupt_input_pending
= 1;
8810 interrupt_input_pending
= 0;
8813 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
8814 input_signal_count
++;
8817 abort (); /* Don't think this happens. */
8819 /* Find the display we are supposed to read input for.
8820 It's the one communicating on descriptor SD. */
8821 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
8823 #if 0 /* This ought to be unnecessary; let's verify it. */
8825 /* If available, Xlib uses FIOSNBIO to make the socket
8826 non-blocking, and then looks for EWOULDBLOCK. If O_NDELAY is set,
8827 FIOSNBIO is ignored, and instead of signaling EWOULDBLOCK,
8828 a read returns 0, which Xlib interprets as equivalent to EPIPE. */
8829 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETFL
, 0);
8830 #endif /* ! defined (FIOSNBIO) */
8833 #if 0 /* This code can't be made to work, with multiple displays,
8834 and appears not to be used on any system any more.
8835 Also keyboard.c doesn't turn O_NDELAY on and off
8836 for X connections. */
8839 if (! (fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_GETFL
, 0) & O_NDELAY
))
8841 extern int read_alarm_should_throw
;
8842 read_alarm_should_throw
= 1;
8843 XPeekEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
8844 read_alarm_should_throw
= 0;
8846 #endif /* HAVE_SELECT */
8850 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
8851 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
8853 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
8854 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
8857 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
8859 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
8863 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
8864 XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
8865 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
8866 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
8868 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
8869 event
.xclient
.window
);
8870 if (XFilterEvent (&event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
))
8880 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
8881 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
8882 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
8884 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
8885 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
8887 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
8888 could be the shell widget window
8889 if the frame has no title bar. */
8890 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
8892 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
8893 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
8894 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
8896 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
8897 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
8898 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
8899 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
8900 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
8903 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
8904 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
8905 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
8906 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
8909 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
8910 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
8911 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
8914 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
8915 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
8916 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
8917 int count
= x_catch_errors (d
);
8918 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
8919 /* The ICCCM says this is
8920 the only valid choice. */
8922 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
8923 /* This is needed to detect the error
8924 if there is an error. */
8926 x_uncatch_errors (d
, count
);
8928 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
8931 else if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
8932 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
8934 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
8935 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
8936 the session manager, who's looking for such a
8937 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
8938 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
8941 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
8942 event
.xclient
.window
);
8944 /* This is just so we only give real data once
8945 for a single Emacs process. */
8946 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
8947 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8948 event
.xclient
.window
,
8949 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
8951 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
8952 event
.xclient
.window
,
8956 else if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
8957 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
8960 = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
8961 event
.xclient
.window
);
8968 bufp
->kind
= delete_window_event
;
8969 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
8977 else if (event
.xclient
.message_type
8978 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
8981 else if (event
.xclient
.message_type
8982 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
8986 = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
8988 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
8989 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
8993 f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
= new_x
;
8994 f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
= new_y
;
8998 else if (event
.xclient
.message_type
8999 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
9002 = x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
9003 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
9006 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
9007 else if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
9008 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
9009 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
9010 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
9012 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
9013 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
9014 currently never do because we are interested in
9015 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
9016 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
9018 = x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
9019 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
9020 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
9022 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9023 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
9024 we construct an input_event. */
9025 else if (event
.xclient
.message_type
9026 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
9028 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, bufp
);
9029 ++bufp
, ++count
, --numchars
;
9032 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9038 case SelectionNotify
:
9039 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9040 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
9042 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9043 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
9046 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
9047 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9048 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
9050 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9052 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionClearEvent
*) &event
;
9057 bufp
->kind
= selection_clear_event
;
9058 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (bufp
) = eventp
->display
;
9059 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (bufp
) = eventp
->selection
;
9060 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (bufp
) = eventp
->time
;
9061 bufp
->frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
9069 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
9070 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9071 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
9073 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9074 if (x_queue_selection_requests
)
9075 x_queue_event (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
),
9079 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
= (XSelectionRequestEvent
*) &event
;
9084 bufp
->kind
= selection_request_event
;
9085 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (bufp
) = eventp
->display
;
9086 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (bufp
) = eventp
->requestor
;
9087 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (bufp
) = eventp
->selection
;
9088 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (bufp
) = eventp
->target
;
9089 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (bufp
) = eventp
->property
;
9090 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (bufp
) = eventp
->time
;
9091 bufp
->frame_or_window
= Qnil
;
9099 case PropertyNotify
:
9100 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9101 if (!x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
))
9103 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9104 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
9107 case ReparentNotify
:
9108 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
9112 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
9113 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
9114 f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
= x
;
9115 f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
= y
;
9120 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
9123 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
9125 f
->async_visible
= 1;
9126 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9127 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
9128 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
9131 expose_frame (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
9132 event
.xexpose
.window
),
9133 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
9134 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
9138 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9139 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
9141 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9142 struct scroll_bar
*bar
9143 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
9146 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
9147 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9150 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9151 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9155 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
9156 source area was obscured or not
9158 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
9162 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
9163 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
9164 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
9166 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9169 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9172 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
9173 source area was completely
9178 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
9179 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
9182 redo_mouse_highlight ();
9185 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
9186 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
9187 the frame was deleted. */
9189 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
9190 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
9191 display that won't ever be seen. */
9192 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9193 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
9194 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
9195 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
9196 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
9197 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
9198 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
9199 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
9201 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9203 bufp
->kind
= iconify_event
;
9204 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
9213 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
9214 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
9215 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
9218 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
9219 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
9220 frame is visible. */
9221 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
9224 f
->async_visible
= 1;
9225 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9226 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
9228 /* wait_reading_process_input will notice this and update
9229 the frame's display structures. */
9230 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
9234 bufp
->kind
= deiconify_event
;
9235 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
9240 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
9241 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
9242 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
9243 to update the frame titles
9244 in case this is the second frame. */
9245 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
9250 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
9253 /* I couldn't find a way to prevent LessTif scroll bars
9254 from consuming key events. */
9257 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
9259 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
9261 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
9262 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
9265 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
9269 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
9270 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81 instead of
9271 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made his Emacs hang. */
9272 unsigned char copy_buffer
[81];
9276 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
9277 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
9278 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
9280 /* This will have to go some day... */
9282 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
9283 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
9284 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
9285 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
9286 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
9287 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
9288 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
9290 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
9291 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
9292 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
9293 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
9294 not it is combined with Meta. */
9295 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
9296 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
9301 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
9302 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
9303 Status status_return
;
9305 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
9306 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
9307 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
9309 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
9311 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
9312 copy_bufptr
= (char *) alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
9313 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
9314 &event
.xkey
, copy_bufptr
,
9315 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
9319 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
9321 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
9323 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
9324 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
9328 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_buffer
,
9329 80, &keysym
, &compose_status
);
9331 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, copy_buffer
,
9332 80, &keysym
, &compose_status
);
9335 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
9339 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
9340 || keysym
== XK_Delete
9341 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
9342 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
&& keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
9344 || (keysym
>= XK_Kanji
&& keysym
<= XK_Eisu_toggle
)
9345 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
9346 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
9348 /* This recognizes the "extended function keys".
9349 It seems there's no cleaner way.
9350 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling mode_switch
9352 || ((unsigned) (keysym
) >= XK_Select
9353 && (unsigned)(keysym
) < XK_KP_Space
)
9355 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
9356 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
9358 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
9359 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
9361 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
9362 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
9364 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
9365 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
9367 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
9368 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
9370 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
9371 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
9373 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
9374 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
9376 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
9377 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
9379 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
9380 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
9382 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
9383 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
9385 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
9386 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
9388 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
9389 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
9391 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
9392 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
9394 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
9395 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
9396 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
9397 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28)))
9398 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
9400 #ifdef XK_Mode_switch
9401 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Mode_switch
)
9404 || ((unsigned)(orig_keysym
) == XK_Num_Lock
)
9406 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R5 */
9409 if (temp_index
== sizeof temp_buffer
/ sizeof (short))
9411 temp_buffer
[temp_index
++] = keysym
;
9412 bufp
->kind
= non_ascii_keystroke
;
9413 bufp
->code
= keysym
;
9414 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
9416 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
9418 bufp
->timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
9423 else if (numchars
> nbytes
)
9427 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
9429 if (temp_index
== sizeof temp_buffer
/ sizeof (short))
9431 temp_buffer
[temp_index
++] = copy_buffer
[i
];
9432 bufp
->kind
= ascii_keystroke
;
9433 bufp
->code
= copy_buffer
[i
];
9434 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, f
);
9436 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
9438 bufp
->timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
9445 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
9455 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
9456 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
9465 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
9466 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
9473 /* Here's a possible interpretation of the whole
9474 FocusIn-EnterNotify FocusOut-LeaveNotify mess. If
9475 you get a FocusIn event, you have to get a FocusOut
9476 event before you relinquish the focus. If you
9477 haven't received a FocusIn event, then a mere
9478 LeaveNotify is enough to free you. */
9482 int from_menu_bar_p
= 0;
9484 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
9486 #ifdef LESSTIF_VERSION
9487 /* When clicking outside of a menu bar popup to close
9488 it, we get a FocusIn/ EnterNotify sequence of
9489 events. The flag event.xcrossing.focus is not set
9490 in the EnterNotify event of that sequence because
9491 the focus is in the menu bar,
9492 event.xcrossing.window is the frame's X window.
9493 Unconditionally setting the focus frame to null in
9494 this case is not the right thing, because no event
9495 follows that could set the focus frame to the right
9498 This could be a LessTif bug, but I wasn't able to
9499 reproduce the behavior in a simple test program.
9501 (gerd, LessTif 0.88.1). */
9503 if (!event
.xcrossing
.focus
9505 && f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
)
9510 XGetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), &focus
, &revert
);
9511 if (focus
== XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
9512 from_menu_bar_p
= 1;
9514 #endif /* LESSTIF_VERSION */
9516 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
|| from_menu_bar_p
)
9518 /* Avoid nasty pop/raise loops. */
9519 if (f
&& (!(f
->auto_raise
)
9521 || (event
.xcrossing
.time
- enter_timestamp
) > 500))
9523 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
9524 enter_timestamp
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
9527 else if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9528 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
9530 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
9531 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
9532 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->busy_p
)
9533 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
9538 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xfocus
.window
);
9539 if (event
.xfocus
.detail
!= NotifyPointer
)
9540 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= f
;
9542 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, f
);
9545 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
9546 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
9552 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
9556 int from_menu_bar_p
= 0;
9558 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9560 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
9561 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
9562 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
9563 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9566 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
9567 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
9568 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
9569 the mouse leaves the frame. */
9570 if (any_help_event_p
)
9572 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9573 bufp
->kind
= HELP_EVENT
;
9574 bufp
->frame_or_window
= Fcons (frame
, Qnil
);
9575 ++bufp
, ++count
, --numchars
;
9578 #ifdef LESSTIF_VERSION
9579 /* Please see the comment at the start of the
9580 EnterNotify case. */
9581 if (!event
.xcrossing
.focus
9582 && f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
)
9586 XGetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), &focus
, &revert
);
9587 if (focus
== XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
9588 from_menu_bar_p
= 1;
9590 #endif /* LESSTIF_VERSION */
9592 if (event
.xcrossing
.focus
|| from_menu_bar_p
)
9593 x_mouse_leave (dpyinfo
);
9596 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9597 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9598 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9599 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
9605 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xfocus
.window
);
9606 if (event
.xfocus
.detail
!= NotifyPointer
9607 && f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9608 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9609 if (f
&& f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9610 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
9613 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
9614 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
9621 previous_help_echo
= help_echo
;
9624 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
9625 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
9626 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
9628 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
9631 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
9634 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9635 struct scroll_bar
*bar
9636 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.window
);
9639 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
9640 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9642 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
9643 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
9644 clear_mouse_face (dpyinfo
);
9647 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo
9648 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
9649 if (STRINGP (help_echo
)
9650 || STRINGP (previous_help_echo
))
9655 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9659 any_help_event_p
= 1;
9660 bufp
->kind
= HELP_EVENT
;
9661 bufp
->frame_or_window
= Fcons (frame
, help_echo
);
9662 ++bufp
, ++count
, --numchars
;
9668 case ConfigureNotify
:
9669 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
9672 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9673 int rows
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_HEIGHT (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
9674 int columns
= PIXEL_TO_CHAR_WIDTH (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
9676 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
9677 is called by the code that handles resizing
9678 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
9680 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
9681 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
9682 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
9683 if (columns
!= f
->width
9684 || rows
!= f
->height
9685 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= f
->output_data
.x
->pixel_width
9686 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= f
->output_data
.x
->pixel_height
)
9688 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
9689 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
9690 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
9694 f
->output_data
.x
->pixel_width
= event
.xconfigure
.width
;
9695 f
->output_data
.x
->pixel_height
= event
.xconfigure
.height
;
9697 /* What we have now is the position of Emacs's own window.
9698 Convert that to the position of the window manager window. */
9699 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
,
9700 &f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
);
9703 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
9704 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
9707 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
9709 /* Since the WM decorations come below top_pos now,
9710 we must put them below top_pos in the future. */
9711 f
->output_data
.x
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
9712 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
9715 /* Some window managers pass (0,0) as the location of
9716 the window, and the Motif event handler stores it
9717 in the emacs widget, which messes up Motif menus. */
9718 if (event
.xconfigure
.x
== 0 && event
.xconfigure
.y
== 0)
9720 event
.xconfigure
.x
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
9721 event
.xconfigure
.y
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
9723 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
9730 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
9731 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
9732 struct input_event emacs_event
;
9735 emacs_event
.kind
= no_event
;
9736 bzero (&compose_status
, sizeof (compose_status
));
9738 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
9740 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
9741 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
9743 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
9747 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
9748 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
9749 && XFASTINT (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)->height
))
9754 x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
9755 y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
9758 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, &p
, 1);
9759 if (EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
))
9761 x_handle_tool_bar_click (f
, &event
.xbutton
);
9767 if (!dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
9768 || f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9769 construct_mouse_click (&emacs_event
, &event
, f
);
9773 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9774 struct scroll_bar
*bar
9775 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.window
);
9778 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &emacs_event
);
9779 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9782 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
9784 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
9785 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
9786 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened
9787 before this event; any subsequent mouse-movement
9788 Emacs events should reflect only motion after
9794 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
9798 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
9801 if (numchars
>= 1 && emacs_event
.kind
!= no_event
)
9803 bcopy (&emacs_event
, bufp
, sizeof (struct input_event
));
9809 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9810 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
9811 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
9812 don't pass it to Xt right now.
9813 Instead, save it away
9814 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
9815 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
9816 if (f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
9817 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
9818 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
9819 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
9820 && event
.xbutton
.x
< f
->output_data
.x
->pixel_width
9821 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
9822 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
9823 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
9825 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
9826 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
9828 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
9830 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
9834 #ifdef USE_MOTIF /* This should do not harm for Lucid,
9835 but I am trying to be cautious. */
9836 else if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
9838 if (!NILP (last_mouse_press_frame
))
9840 f
= XFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
);
9841 if (f
->output_data
.x
)
9842 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
9847 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
9850 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9854 case CirculateNotify
:
9857 case CirculateRequest
:
9860 case VisibilityNotify
:
9864 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
9866 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
9868 case MappingModifier
:
9869 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
9870 /* This is meant to fall through. */
9871 case MappingKeyboard
:
9872 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
9878 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9880 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
9882 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9890 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
9891 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
9894 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
9895 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
9896 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
9898 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
9902 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
9903 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
9905 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
9907 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
9908 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
9912 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
9914 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
9915 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
9917 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
9918 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
9928 /***********************************************************************
9930 ***********************************************************************/
9932 /* Note if the text cursor of window W has been overwritten by a
9933 drawing operation that outputs N glyphs starting at HPOS in the
9934 line given by output_cursor.vpos. N < 0 means all the rest of the
9935 line after HPOS has been written. */
9938 note_overwritten_text_cursor (w
, hpos
, n
)
9942 if (updated_area
== TEXT_AREA
9943 && output_cursor
.vpos
== w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
9944 && hpos
<= w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
9946 || hpos
+ n
> w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
))
9947 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 0;
9951 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
9952 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
9953 WHOLE_LINE_P non-zero means include the areas used for truncation
9954 mark display and alike in the clipping rectangle.
9956 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
9957 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
9958 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
9961 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
, whole_line_p
)
9963 struct glyph_row
*row
;
9967 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
9968 XRectangle clip_rect
;
9969 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
, window_height
;
9971 window_box (w
, -1, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, &window_height
);
9973 clip_rect
.x
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, 0);
9974 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, row
->y
);
9975 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
9976 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
9977 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
9979 /* If clipping to the whole line, including trunc marks, extend
9980 the rectangle to the left and increase its width. */
9983 clip_rect
.x
-= FRAME_X_LEFT_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
);
9984 clip_rect
.width
+= FRAME_X_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
);
9987 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
9991 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
9994 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, row
)
9996 struct glyph_row
*row
;
9998 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
9999 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10000 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
10003 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
10006 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates from window-relative
10008 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
10009 y
= (WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
)
10010 + row
->ascent
- w
->phys_cursor_ascent
);
10011 h
= row
->height
- 1;
10013 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
10014 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
10015 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
10016 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
10019 /* Compute the width of the rectangle to draw. If on a stretch
10020 glyph, and `x-stretch-block-cursor' is nil, don't draw a
10021 rectangle as wide as the glyph, but use a canonical character
10023 wd
= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- 1;
10024 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
10025 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
10026 wd
= min (CANON_X_UNIT (f
), wd
);
10028 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
10029 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
10030 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
10031 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
10032 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
10034 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
10035 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
10036 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
10038 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
10039 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
, 0);
10040 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
);
10041 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
10045 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
10047 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
10048 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
10049 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
10053 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, row
)
10055 struct glyph_row
*row
;
10057 /* If cursor hpos is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can
10058 happen in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area
10059 glyphs and mini-buffer. */
10060 if (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
10062 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
10063 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
10066 unsigned long mask
;
10071 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
10072 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
10075 xgcv
.background
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
10076 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
10077 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
10078 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
10079 dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
10080 window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
10081 gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
10084 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
10087 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
10088 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
10091 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
10092 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, gc
, 0);
10093 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
10095 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
10096 min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
10097 f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_width
),
10099 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
10104 /* Clear the cursor of window W to background color, and mark the
10105 cursor as not shown. This is used when the text where the cursor
10106 is is about to be rewritten. */
10112 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (w
->frame
)) && w
->phys_cursor_on_p
)
10113 x_update_window_cursor (w
, 0);
10117 /* Draw the cursor glyph of window W in glyph row ROW. See the
10118 comment of x_draw_glyphs for the meaning of HL. */
10121 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, row
, hl
)
10123 struct glyph_row
*row
;
10124 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
10126 /* If cursor hpos is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can
10127 happen in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area
10128 glyphs and mini-buffer. */
10129 if (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
10131 x_draw_glyphs (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
, row
, TEXT_AREA
,
10132 w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
, w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
+ 1,
10135 /* When we erase the cursor, and ROW is overlapped by other
10136 rows, make sure that these overlapping parts of other rows
10138 if (hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
&& row
->overlapped_p
)
10140 if (row
> w
->current_matrix
->rows
10141 && MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_SUCC_P (row
- 1))
10142 x_fix_overlapping_area (w
, row
- 1, TEXT_AREA
);
10144 if (MATRIX_ROW_BOTTOM_Y (row
) < window_text_bottom_y (w
)
10145 && MATRIX_ROW_OVERLAPS_PRED_P (row
+ 1))
10146 x_fix_overlapping_area (w
, row
+ 1, TEXT_AREA
);
10152 /* Erase the image of a cursor of window W from the screen. */
10155 x_erase_phys_cursor (w
)
10158 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
10159 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10160 int hpos
= w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
;
10161 int vpos
= w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
;
10162 int mouse_face_here_p
= 0;
10163 struct glyph_matrix
*active_glyphs
= w
->current_matrix
;
10164 struct glyph_row
*cursor_row
;
10165 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
10166 enum draw_glyphs_face hl
;
10168 /* No cursor displayed or row invalidated => nothing to do on the
10170 if (w
->phys_cursor_type
== NO_CURSOR
)
10171 goto mark_cursor_off
;
10173 /* VPOS >= active_glyphs->nrows means that window has been resized.
10174 Don't bother to erase the cursor. */
10175 if (vpos
>= active_glyphs
->nrows
)
10176 goto mark_cursor_off
;
10178 /* If row containing cursor is marked invalid, there is nothing we
10180 cursor_row
= MATRIX_ROW (active_glyphs
, vpos
);
10181 if (!cursor_row
->enabled_p
)
10182 goto mark_cursor_off
;
10184 /* This can happen when the new row is shorter than the old one.
10185 In this case, either x_draw_glyphs or clear_end_of_line
10186 should have cleared the cursor. Note that we wouldn't be
10187 able to erase the cursor in this case because we don't have a
10188 cursor glyph at hand. */
10189 if (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= cursor_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])
10190 goto mark_cursor_off
;
10192 /* If the cursor is in the mouse face area, redisplay that when
10193 we clear the cursor. */
10194 if (w
== XWINDOW (dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
)
10195 && (vpos
> dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
10196 || (vpos
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
10197 && hpos
>= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
))
10198 && (vpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
10199 || (vpos
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
10200 && hpos
< dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
))
10201 /* Don't redraw the cursor's spot in mouse face if it is at the
10202 end of a line (on a newline). The cursor appears there, but
10203 mouse highlighting does not. */
10204 && cursor_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
] > hpos
)
10205 mouse_face_here_p
= 1;
10207 /* Maybe clear the display under the cursor. */
10208 if (w
->phys_cursor_type
== HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
)
10211 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_DISPLAY_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
10213 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
10214 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
10215 goto mark_cursor_off
;
10217 x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
10219 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
10221 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
10223 cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
,
10224 cursor_row
->visible_height
,
10228 /* Erase the cursor by redrawing the character underneath it. */
10229 if (mouse_face_here_p
)
10230 hl
= DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
;
10231 else if (cursor_row
->inverse_p
)
10232 hl
= DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
;
10234 hl
= DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
;
10235 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, cursor_row
, hl
);
10238 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 0;
10239 w
->phys_cursor_type
= NO_CURSOR
;
10243 /* Display or clear cursor of window W. If ON is zero, clear the
10244 cursor. If it is non-zero, display the cursor. If ON is nonzero,
10245 where to put the cursor is specified by HPOS, VPOS, X and Y. */
10248 x_display_and_set_cursor (w
, on
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
)
10250 int on
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
;
10252 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
10253 int new_cursor_type
;
10254 struct glyph_matrix
*current_glyphs
;
10255 struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
;
10256 struct glyph
*glyph
;
10258 /* This is pointless on invisible frames, and dangerous on garbaged
10259 windows and frames; in the latter case, the frame or window may
10260 be in the midst of changing its size, and x and y may be off the
10262 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
10263 || FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
)
10264 || vpos
>= w
->current_matrix
->nrows
10265 || hpos
>= w
->current_matrix
->matrix_w
)
10268 /* If cursor is off and we want it off, return quickly. */
10269 if (!on
&& !w
->phys_cursor_on_p
)
10272 current_glyphs
= w
->current_matrix
;
10273 glyph_row
= MATRIX_ROW (current_glyphs
, vpos
);
10274 glyph
= glyph_row
->glyphs
[TEXT_AREA
] + hpos
;
10276 /* If cursor row is not enabled, we don't really know where to
10277 display the cursor. */
10278 if (!glyph_row
->enabled_p
)
10280 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 0;
10284 xassert (interrupt_input_blocked
);
10286 /* Set new_cursor_type to the cursor we want to be displayed. In a
10287 mini-buffer window, we want the cursor only to appear if we are
10288 reading input from this window. For the selected window, we want
10289 the cursor type given by the frame parameter. If explicitly
10290 marked off, draw no cursor. In all other cases, we want a hollow
10292 if (cursor_in_echo_area
10293 && FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f
)
10294 && EQ (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (f
), echo_area_window
))
10296 if (w
== XWINDOW (echo_area_window
))
10297 new_cursor_type
= FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f
);
10299 new_cursor_type
= HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
;
10303 if (w
!= XWINDOW (selected_window
)
10304 || f
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
)
10306 extern int cursor_in_non_selected_windows
;
10308 if (MINI_WINDOW_P (w
) || !cursor_in_non_selected_windows
)
10309 new_cursor_type
= NO_CURSOR
;
10311 new_cursor_type
= HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
;
10313 else if (w
->cursor_off_p
)
10314 new_cursor_type
= NO_CURSOR
;
10316 new_cursor_type
= FRAME_DESIRED_CURSOR (f
);
10319 /* If cursor is currently being shown and we don't want it to be or
10320 it is in the wrong place, or the cursor type is not what we want,
10322 if (w
->phys_cursor_on_p
10324 || w
->phys_cursor
.x
!= x
10325 || w
->phys_cursor
.y
!= y
10326 || new_cursor_type
!= w
->phys_cursor_type
))
10327 x_erase_phys_cursor (w
);
10329 /* If the cursor is now invisible and we want it to be visible,
10331 if (on
&& !w
->phys_cursor_on_p
)
10333 w
->phys_cursor_ascent
= glyph_row
->ascent
;
10334 w
->phys_cursor_height
= glyph_row
->height
;
10336 /* Set phys_cursor_.* before x_draw_.* is called because some
10337 of them may need the information. */
10338 w
->phys_cursor
.x
= x
;
10339 w
->phys_cursor
.y
= glyph_row
->y
;
10340 w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
= hpos
;
10341 w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
= vpos
;
10342 w
->phys_cursor_type
= new_cursor_type
;
10343 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
10345 switch (new_cursor_type
)
10347 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
10348 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
10351 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
10352 x_draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
10356 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
10367 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
10368 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
10369 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
10374 if (updating_frame
!= f
)
10375 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10380 /* Display the cursor on window W, or clear it. X and Y are window
10381 relative pixel coordinates. HPOS and VPOS are glyph matrix
10382 positions. If W is not the selected window, display a hollow
10383 cursor. ON non-zero means display the cursor at X, Y which
10384 correspond to HPOS, VPOS, otherwise it is cleared. */
10387 x_display_cursor (w
, on
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
)
10389 int on
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
;
10392 x_display_and_set_cursor (w
, on
, hpos
, vpos
, x
, y
);
10397 /* Display the cursor on window W, or clear it, according to ON_P.
10398 Don't change the cursor's position. */
10401 x_update_cursor (f
, on_p
)
10404 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
), on_p
);
10408 /* Call x_update_window_cursor with parameter ON_P on all leaf windows
10409 in the window tree rooted at W. */
10412 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (w
, on_p
)
10418 if (!NILP (w
->hchild
))
10419 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w
->hchild
), on_p
);
10420 else if (!NILP (w
->vchild
))
10421 x_update_cursor_in_window_tree (XWINDOW (w
->vchild
), on_p
);
10423 x_update_window_cursor (w
, on_p
);
10425 w
= NILP (w
->next
) ? 0 : XWINDOW (w
->next
);
10430 /* Switch the display of W's cursor on or off, according to the value
10434 x_update_window_cursor (w
, on
)
10438 /* Don't update cursor in windows whose frame is in the process
10439 of being deleted. */
10440 if (w
->current_matrix
)
10443 x_display_and_set_cursor (w
, on
, w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
,
10444 w
->phys_cursor
.x
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
);
10454 /* Refresh bitmap kitchen sink icon for frame F
10455 when we get an expose event for it. */
10461 /* Normally, the window manager handles this function. */
10464 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
10467 x_bitmap_icon (f
, file
)
10473 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
10476 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap if any. */
10477 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
10478 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
10479 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
10481 if (STRINGP (file
))
10482 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
10485 /* Create the GNU bitmap if necessary. */
10486 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
10487 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
10488 = x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, gnu_bits
,
10489 gnu_width
, gnu_height
);
10491 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap,
10492 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
10493 As a result, the GNU bitmap is never freed.
10494 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
10495 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
10497 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
10500 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
10501 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
10507 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
10508 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
10511 x_text_icon (f
, icon_name
)
10515 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
10520 XTextProperty text
;
10521 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
10522 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
10524 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
10525 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10526 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
10528 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10529 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
10530 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10532 #else /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
10533 XSetIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), icon_name
);
10534 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R4 */
10536 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
10537 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
10538 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
10539 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
10544 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
10546 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
10547 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string. */
10549 static Lisp_Object x_error_message_string
;
10551 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
10552 x_error_message_string. This is called from x_error_handler if
10553 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
10556 x_error_catcher (display
, error
)
10558 XErrorEvent
*error
;
10560 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
,
10561 XSTRING (x_error_message_string
)->data
,
10562 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
10565 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
10566 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
10569 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
10570 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
10571 stored in x_error_message_string.
10573 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
10574 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
10576 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
10578 void x_check_errors ();
10579 static Lisp_Object
x_catch_errors_unwind ();
10582 x_catch_errors (dpy
)
10585 int count
= specpdl_ptr
- specpdl
;
10587 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
10588 XSync (dpy
, False
);
10590 record_unwind_protect (x_catch_errors_unwind
, x_error_message_string
);
10592 x_error_message_string
= make_uninit_string (X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
10593 XSTRING (x_error_message_string
)->data
[0] = 0;
10598 /* Unbind the binding that we made to check for X errors. */
10601 x_catch_errors_unwind (old_val
)
10602 Lisp_Object old_val
;
10604 x_error_message_string
= old_val
;
10608 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
10609 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
10610 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
10613 x_check_errors (dpy
, format
)
10617 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
10618 XSync (dpy
, False
);
10620 if (XSTRING (x_error_message_string
)->data
[0])
10621 error (format
, XSTRING (x_error_message_string
)->data
);
10624 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
10625 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
10628 x_had_errors_p (dpy
)
10631 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
10632 XSync (dpy
, False
);
10634 return XSTRING (x_error_message_string
)->data
[0] != 0;
10637 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
10640 x_clear_errors (dpy
)
10643 XSTRING (x_error_message_string
)->data
[0] = 0;
10646 /* Stop catching X protocol errors and let them make Emacs die.
10647 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors.
10648 COUNT should be the value that was returned by
10649 the corresponding call to x_catch_errors. */
10652 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
)
10656 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
10660 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
10663 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
10668 /* Handle SIGPIPE, which can happen when the connection to a server
10669 simply goes away. SIGPIPE is handled by x_connection_signal.
10670 Don't need to do anything, because the write which caused the
10671 SIGPIPE will fail, causing Xlib to invoke the X IO error handler,
10672 which will do the appropriate cleanup for us. */
10675 x_connection_signal (signalnum
) /* If we don't have an argument, */
10676 int signalnum
; /* some compilers complain in signal calls. */
10679 /* USG systems forget handlers when they are used;
10680 must reestablish each time */
10681 signal (signalnum
, x_connection_signal
);
10685 /* Handling X errors. */
10687 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DISPLAY. */
10690 x_connection_closed (display
, error_message
)
10692 char *error_message
;
10694 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
10695 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
10697 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
10699 #if 0 /* Closing the display caused a bus error on OpenWindows. */
10700 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10701 XtCloseDisplay (display
);
10705 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
10707 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
10708 that are on the dead display. */
10709 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
10711 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
10713 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
10714 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
10715 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
10716 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
10717 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
10718 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
10721 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
10722 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
10723 for another frame that we need to delete. */
10724 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
10725 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
10726 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
10728 /* Set this to t so that Fdelete_frame won't get confused
10729 trying to find a replacement. */
10730 FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
))->Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
= Qt
;
10731 Fdelete_frame (frame
, Qt
);
10735 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10737 if (x_display_list
== 0)
10739 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_message
);
10740 shut_down_emacs (0, 0, Qnil
);
10744 /* Ordinary stack unwind doesn't deal with these. */
10746 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGIO
));
10748 sigunblock (sigmask (SIGALRM
));
10749 TOTALLY_UNBLOCK_INPUT
;
10751 clear_waiting_for_input ();
10752 error ("%s", error_message
);
10755 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
10756 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
10757 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
10760 x_error_quitter (display
, error
)
10762 XErrorEvent
*error
;
10764 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
10766 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10767 original error handler. */
10769 XGetErrorText (display
, error
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
10770 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
10771 buf
, error
->request_code
);
10772 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
10775 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
10776 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
10779 x_error_handler (display
, error
)
10781 XErrorEvent
*error
;
10783 if (! NILP (x_error_message_string
))
10784 x_error_catcher (display
, error
);
10786 x_error_quitter (display
, error
);
10790 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
10791 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
10792 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
10795 x_io_error_quitter (display
)
10800 sprintf (buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'", DisplayString (display
));
10801 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
10805 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
10807 /* Give frame F the font named FONTNAME as its default font, and
10808 return the full name of that font. FONTNAME may be a wildcard
10809 pattern; in that case, we choose some font that fits the pattern.
10810 The return value shows which font we chose. */
10813 x_new_font (f
, fontname
)
10815 register char *fontname
;
10817 struct font_info
*fontp
10818 = FS_LOAD_FONT (f
, 0, fontname
, -1);
10823 f
->output_data
.x
->font
= (XFontStruct
*) (fontp
->font
);
10824 f
->output_data
.x
->baseline_offset
= fontp
->baseline_offset
;
10825 f
->output_data
.x
->fontset
= -1;
10827 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
10828 if (f
->scroll_bar_pixel_width
> 0)
10830 int wid
= FONT_WIDTH (f
->output_data
.x
->font
);
10831 f
->scroll_bar_cols
= (f
->scroll_bar_pixel_width
+ wid
-1) / wid
;
10835 int wid
= FONT_WIDTH (f
->output_data
.x
->font
);
10836 f
->scroll_bar_cols
= (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
10839 /* Now make the frame display the given font. */
10840 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
10842 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
10843 f
->output_data
.x
->font
->fid
);
10844 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->reverse_gc
,
10845 f
->output_data
.x
->font
->fid
);
10846 XSetFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
,
10847 f
->output_data
.x
->font
->fid
);
10849 frame_update_line_height (f
);
10850 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, f
->width
, f
->height
);
10853 /* If we are setting a new frame's font for the first time,
10854 there are no faces yet, so this font's height is the line height. */
10855 f
->output_data
.x
->line_height
= FONT_HEIGHT (f
->output_data
.x
->font
);
10857 return build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
10860 /* Give frame F the fontset named FONTSETNAME as its default font, and
10861 return the full name of that fontset. FONTSETNAME may be a wildcard
10862 pattern; in that case, we choose some fontset that fits the pattern.
10863 The return value shows which fontset we chose. */
10866 x_new_fontset (f
, fontsetname
)
10870 int fontset
= fs_query_fontset (build_string (fontsetname
), 0);
10871 Lisp_Object result
;
10877 if (f
->output_data
.x
->fontset
== fontset
)
10878 /* This fontset is already set in frame F. There's nothing more
10880 return fontset_name (fontset
);
10882 result
= x_new_font (f
, (XSTRING (fontset_ascii (fontset
))->data
));
10884 if (!STRINGP (result
))
10885 /* Can't load ASCII font. */
10888 /* Since x_new_font doesn't update any fontset information, do it now. */
10889 f
->output_data
.x
->fontset
= fontset
;
10893 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
10894 xic_set_xfontset (f
, XSTRING (fontset_ascii (fontset
))->data
);
10897 return build_string (fontsetname
);
10901 /***********************************************************************
10903 ***********************************************************************/
10909 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
10910 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
10911 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
10914 xim_destroy_callback (xim
, client_data
, call_data
)
10916 XPointer client_data
;
10917 XPointer call_data
;
10919 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
10920 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
10924 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
10925 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
10927 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
10928 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
10930 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
10931 if (FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
))
10933 XFreeFontSet (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
));
10934 FRAME_XIC_FONTSET (f
) = NULL
;
10939 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
10940 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
10941 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
10945 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
10947 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
10948 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
10951 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
10952 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10953 char *resource_name
;
10957 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10958 dpyinfo
->xim
= xim
;
10963 XIMCallback destroy
;
10966 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
10967 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
10970 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
10971 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
10972 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
10978 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
10982 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
10983 char *resource_name
;
10986 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
10987 server is available. DISPLAY is teh display of the XIM.
10988 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
10989 when the callback was registered. */
10992 xim_instantiate_callback (display
, client_data
, call_data
)
10994 XPointer client_data
;
10995 XPointer call_data
;
10997 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
10998 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
11000 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
11004 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
11006 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
11007 as they have no XIC. */
11008 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
11010 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
11013 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
11015 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
11017 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
11018 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
11020 create_frame_xic (f
);
11021 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
11022 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
11023 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
11025 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
11026 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
11035 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
11038 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
11039 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
11040 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
11041 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
11044 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
)
11045 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
11046 char *resource_name
;
11048 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
11049 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
;
11052 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
11053 xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct xim_inst_t
));
11054 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
11055 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
11056 xim_inst
->resource_name
= (char *) xmalloc (len
+ 1);
11057 bcopy (resource_name
, xim_inst
->resource_name
, len
+ 1);
11058 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
11059 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
11060 xim_instantiate_callback
,
11061 (XPointer
)xim_inst
);
11062 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
11063 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
11064 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
11065 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
11069 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
11072 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
)
11073 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
11075 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
11076 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
11078 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
11079 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
11080 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
11081 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
11082 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
11085 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
11089 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
11090 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
11093 x_calc_absolute_position (f
)
11097 int win_x
= 0, win_y
= 0;
11098 int flags
= f
->output_data
.x
->size_hint_flags
;
11101 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
11102 is already for the top-left corner. */
11103 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
11106 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11107 this_window
= XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
11109 this_window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
11112 /* Find the position of the outside upper-left corner of
11113 the inner window, with respect to the outer window.
11114 But do this only if we will need the results. */
11115 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
11120 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
11123 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
11124 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
11126 /* From-window, to-window. */
11128 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
,
11130 /* From-position, to-position. */
11131 0, 0, &win_x
, &win_y
,
11133 /* Child of win. */
11135 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
11137 Window newroot
, newparent
= 0xdeadbeef;
11138 Window
*newchildren
;
11141 if (! XQueryTree (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), this_window
, &newroot
,
11142 &newparent
, &newchildren
, &nchildren
))
11145 XFree ((char *) newchildren
);
11147 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= newparent
;
11153 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), count
);
11157 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
11158 position that fits on the screen. */
11159 if (flags
& XNegative
)
11160 f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
11161 - 2 * f
->output_data
.x
->border_width
- win_x
11163 + f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
);
11165 if (flags
& YNegative
)
11167 int menubar_height
= 0;
11169 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11170 if (f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
)
11172 = (f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
->core
.height
11173 + f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
->core
.border_width
);
11176 f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
= (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
11177 - 2 * f
->output_data
.x
->border_width
11181 + f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
);
11184 /* The left_pos and top_pos
11185 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
11186 so the flags should correspond. */
11187 f
->output_data
.x
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
11190 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
11191 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
11192 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
11193 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
11194 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
11197 x_set_offset (f
, xoff
, yoff
, change_gravity
)
11199 register int xoff
, yoff
;
11200 int change_gravity
;
11202 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
11204 if (change_gravity
> 0)
11206 f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
= yoff
;
11207 f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
= xoff
;
11208 f
->output_data
.x
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
11210 f
->output_data
.x
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
11212 f
->output_data
.x
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
11213 f
->output_data
.x
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
11215 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
11218 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
11220 modified_left
= f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
;
11221 modified_top
= f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
;
11222 #if 0 /* Running on psilocin (Debian), and displaying on the NCD X-terminal,
11223 this seems to be unnecessary and incorrect. rms, 4/17/97. */
11224 /* It is a mystery why we need to add the border_width here
11225 when the frame is already visible, but experiment says we do. */
11226 if (change_gravity
!= 0)
11228 modified_left
+= f
->output_data
.x
->border_width
;
11229 modified_top
+= f
->output_data
.x
->border_width
;
11233 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11234 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
11235 modified_left
, modified_top
);
11236 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11237 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
11238 modified_left
, modified_top
);
11239 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11243 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
11244 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
11245 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
11246 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
11249 x_set_window_size (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
)
11251 int change_gravity
;
11254 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11255 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
11260 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11262 /* The x and y position of the widget is clobbered by the
11263 call to XtSetValues within EmacsFrameSetCharSize.
11264 This is a real kludge, but I don't understand Xt so I can't
11265 figure out a correct fix. Can anyone else tell me? -- rms. */
11266 int xpos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
;
11267 int ypos
= f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
;
11268 EmacsFrameSetCharSize (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, cols
, rows
);
11269 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.x
= xpos
;
11270 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
->core
.y
= ypos
;
11273 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11275 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
11276 f
->output_data
.x
->vertical_scroll_bar_extra
11277 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
11279 : FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) > 0
11280 ? FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
11281 : (FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FONT_WIDTH (f
->output_data
.x
->font
)));
11282 f
->output_data
.x
->flags_areas_extra
11283 = FRAME_FLAGS_AREA_WIDTH (f
);
11284 pixelwidth
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
);
11285 pixelheight
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
);
11287 f
->output_data
.x
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
11288 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
11290 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
11291 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
11292 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
11294 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
11295 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
11296 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
11297 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
11299 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
11300 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
11301 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
11302 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
11303 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
11305 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
11307 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
11308 PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
11309 PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
11311 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
11312 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
11313 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
11314 we have to make sure to do it here. */
11315 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
11317 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
11319 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11321 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
11322 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
11324 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
11325 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
11326 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
11327 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
11328 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
11333 /* Mouse warping. */
11336 x_set_mouse_position (f
, x
, y
)
11342 pix_x
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_COL (f
, x
) + FONT_WIDTH (f
->output_data
.x
->font
) / 2;
11343 pix_y
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_ROW (f
, y
) + f
->output_data
.x
->line_height
/ 2;
11345 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
11346 if (pix_x
> PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
11348 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
11349 if (pix_y
> PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
11353 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
11354 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
11358 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
11361 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (f
, pix_x
, pix_y
)
11367 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
11368 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
11372 /* focus shifting, raising and lowering. */
11375 x_focus_on_frame (f
)
11378 #if 0 /* This proves to be unpleasant. */
11382 /* I don't think that the ICCCM allows programs to do things like this
11383 without the interaction of the window manager. Whatever you end up
11384 doing with this code, do it to x_unfocus_frame too. */
11385 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
11386 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
11391 x_unfocus_frame (f
)
11395 /* Look at the remarks in x_focus_on_frame. */
11396 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_focus_frame
== f
)
11397 XSetInputFocus (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), PointerRoot
,
11398 RevertToPointerRoot
, CurrentTime
);
11402 /* Raise frame F. */
11408 if (f
->async_visible
)
11411 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11412 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
));
11413 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11414 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
11415 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11416 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
11421 /* Lower frame F. */
11427 if (f
->async_visible
)
11430 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11431 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
));
11432 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11433 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
11434 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11435 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
11441 XTframe_raise_lower (f
, raise_flag
)
11451 /* Change of visibility. */
11453 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
11454 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
11455 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
11456 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
11457 but it will become visible later when the window manager
11458 finishes with it. */
11461 x_make_frame_visible (f
)
11465 int original_top
, original_left
;
11469 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
11471 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
11473 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
11475 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
11476 call x_set_offset a second time
11477 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
11478 before the window gets really visible. */
11479 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
11480 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
11481 x_set_offset (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
, f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
, 0);
11483 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
11485 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
11486 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
11487 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11488 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
11489 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
11490 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11491 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
11492 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11493 #if 0 /* This seems to bring back scroll bars in the wrong places
11494 if the window configuration has changed. They seem
11495 to come back ok without this. */
11496 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
11497 XMapSubwindows (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
11501 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
11503 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
11504 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
11505 so that incoming events are handled. */
11509 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
11510 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
11511 will set it when they are handled. */
11512 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
11514 original_left
= f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
;
11515 original_top
= f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
;
11517 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
11520 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
11522 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
11523 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
11524 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
11525 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
11527 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
11528 because the window manager may choose the position
11529 and we don't want to override it. */
11531 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
11532 && f
->output_data
.x
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
11533 && previously_visible
)
11537 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
11541 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
11542 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
11543 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
11544 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
11545 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
11546 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
11547 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
11548 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
11549 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
11551 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
11552 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
11553 original_left
, original_top
);
11558 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
11560 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
11561 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
11562 MapNotify at all.. */
11563 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
11564 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
11566 /* Force processing of queued events. */
11569 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
11570 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
11571 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
11572 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
11573 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
11575 if (input_polling_used ())
11577 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
11578 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
11579 handler reset it. */
11580 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
11581 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
11582 poll_for_input_1 ();
11583 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
11586 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
11587 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
11592 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
11594 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
11597 x_make_frame_invisible (f
)
11602 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11603 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
11604 window
= XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
11605 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11606 window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
11607 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11609 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
11610 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
11611 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
11613 #if 0/* This might add unreliability; I don't trust it -- rms. */
11614 if (! f
->async_visible
&& ! f
->async_iconified
)
11620 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
11621 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
11622 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
11623 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
11624 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
11625 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
11629 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
11630 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
11632 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
11633 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
11635 #else /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
11637 /* Tell the window manager what we're going to do. */
11638 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
11642 unmap
.xunmap
.type
= UnmapNotify
;
11643 unmap
.xunmap
.window
= window
;
11644 unmap
.xunmap
.event
= DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
11645 unmap
.xunmap
.from_configure
= False
;
11646 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
11647 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
11649 SubstructureRedirectMaskSubstructureNotifyMask
,
11652 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
11653 error ("Can't notify window manager of withdrawal");
11657 /* Unmap the window ourselves. Cheeky! */
11658 XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
);
11659 #endif /* ! defined (HAVE_X11R4) */
11661 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
11662 just by the event that we get from the server.
11663 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
11664 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
11665 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
11667 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
11668 f
->async_visible
= 0;
11669 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
11676 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
11679 x_iconify_frame (f
)
11685 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
11686 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
11687 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
11689 if (f
->async_iconified
)
11694 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
11696 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
11698 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
11700 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11702 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
11704 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
11705 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
11706 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
11707 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
11708 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
11709 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
11710 so we have to record it here. */
11713 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
11714 f
->async_visible
= 0;
11719 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
11720 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
11721 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
11725 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
11727 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
11728 f
->async_visible
= 0;
11732 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
11734 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11736 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
11737 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
11738 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
11739 x_set_offset (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
, f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
, 0);
11741 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
11742 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
11744 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
11745 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
11749 message
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
11750 message
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
11751 message
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
11752 message
.xclient
.format
= 32;
11753 message
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
11755 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
11756 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
11758 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
11761 UNBLOCK_INPUT_RESIGNAL
;
11762 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
11766 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
11768 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
11770 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
11772 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
11773 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
11776 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
11777 f
->async_visible
= 0;
11779 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
11781 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11784 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
11787 x_destroy_window (f
)
11790 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
11794 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
11795 commands to the X server. */
11796 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
11798 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
!= 0)
11799 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
11802 free_frame_xic (f
);
11804 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->window_desc
);
11805 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11806 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
11807 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
11808 free_frame_menubar (f
);
11809 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11811 free_frame_faces (f
);
11812 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
11815 if (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
11816 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
11818 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
11819 f
->output_data
.x
= 0;
11820 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
11821 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
11822 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
11823 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
11824 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
11825 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
11827 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
11829 if (f
== dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
11831 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
11832 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
11833 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
11834 = dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
11835 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
11836 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
11837 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
11843 /* Setting window manager hints. */
11845 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
11846 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
11847 that the window now has.
11848 If USER_POSITION is nonzero, we set the USPosition
11849 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0). */
11852 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, flags
, user_position
)
11857 XSizeHints size_hints
;
11859 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11862 Dimension widget_width
, widget_height
;
11863 Window window
= XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
11864 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11865 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
11866 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11868 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
11869 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
11871 size_hints
.x
= f
->output_data
.x
->left_pos
;
11872 size_hints
.y
= f
->output_data
.x
->top_pos
;
11874 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11875 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNwidth
, &widget_width
); ac
++;
11876 XtSetArg (al
[ac
], XtNheight
, &widget_height
); ac
++;
11877 XtGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, ac
);
11878 size_hints
.height
= widget_height
;
11879 size_hints
.width
= widget_width
;
11880 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11881 size_hints
.height
= PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
11882 size_hints
.width
= PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
11883 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11885 size_hints
.width_inc
= FONT_WIDTH (f
->output_data
.x
->font
);
11886 size_hints
.height_inc
= f
->output_data
.x
->line_height
;
11887 size_hints
.max_width
11888 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->width
- CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
11889 size_hints
.max_height
11890 = FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->height
- CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
11892 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes.
11894 (When we use the X toolkit, we don't do it here.
11895 Instead we copy the values that the widgets are using, below.) */
11896 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11898 int base_width
, base_height
;
11899 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
11901 base_width
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
11902 base_height
= CHAR_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
11904 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
11906 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
11907 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
11908 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
11909 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
11910 zero-row, zero-column frame.
11912 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
11913 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
11914 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
11917 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
11918 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
11919 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
;
11920 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
11921 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
11923 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
;
11924 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
;
11928 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
11931 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
11934 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11937 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
11938 long supplied_return
;
11942 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
11945 value
= XGetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
);
11948 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11949 size_hints
.base_height
= hints
.base_height
;
11950 size_hints
.base_width
= hints
.base_width
;
11951 size_hints
.min_height
= hints
.min_height
;
11952 size_hints
.min_width
= hints
.min_width
;
11956 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
11961 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
11962 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
11963 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
11964 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
11965 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
11966 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
11967 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
11968 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
11972 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11977 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->output_data
.x
->win_gravity
;
11978 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
11982 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
11983 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
11985 #endif /* PWinGravity */
11988 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
11990 XSetNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
11994 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
11997 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, state
)
12001 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12004 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
12005 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
12006 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12007 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
12009 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
12010 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
12012 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
12013 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12017 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
)
12021 Pixmap icon_pixmap
;
12023 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12024 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
12029 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
12030 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
12034 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon pixmap.
12035 The following line does it, only if no icon has yet been created,
12036 for some window managers. But with mwm it crashes.
12037 Some people say it should clear the IconPixmapHint bit in this case,
12038 but that doesn't work, and the X consortium said it isn't the
12039 right thing at all. Since there is no way to win,
12040 best to explicitly give up. */
12042 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= None
;
12048 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
12052 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
12053 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
12056 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12058 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPixmapHint
;
12059 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
12061 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12065 x_wm_set_icon_position (f
, icon_x
, icon_y
)
12067 int icon_x
, icon_y
;
12069 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12070 Window window
= XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
12072 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
12075 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
12076 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
12077 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
12079 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
12083 /***********************************************************************
12085 ***********************************************************************/
12087 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of font FONT_IDX of frame F. */
12090 x_get_font_info (f
, font_idx
)
12094 return (FRAME_X_FONT_TABLE (f
) + font_idx
);
12098 /* Return a list of names of available fonts matching PATTERN on frame
12099 F. If SIZE is not 0, it is the size (maximum bound width) of fonts
12100 to be listed. Frame F NULL means we have not yet created any
12101 frame on X, and consult the first display in x_display_list.
12102 MAXNAMES sets a limit on how many fonts to match. */
12105 x_list_fonts (f
, pattern
, size
, maxnames
)
12107 Lisp_Object pattern
;
12111 Lisp_Object list
= Qnil
, patterns
, newlist
= Qnil
, key
= Qnil
;
12112 Lisp_Object tem
, second_best
;
12113 Display
*dpy
= f
!= NULL
? FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
) : x_display_list
->display
;
12114 int try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
12117 patterns
= Fassoc (pattern
, Valternate_fontname_alist
);
12118 if (NILP (patterns
))
12119 patterns
= Fcons (pattern
, Qnil
);
12121 if (maxnames
== 1 && !size
)
12122 /* We can return any single font matching PATTERN. */
12123 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 1;
12125 for (; CONSP (patterns
); patterns
= XCDR (patterns
))
12130 pattern
= XCAR (patterns
);
12131 /* See if we cached the result for this particular query.
12132 The cache is an alist of the form:
12133 (((PATTERN . MAXNAMES) (FONTNAME . WIDTH) ...) ...)
12135 if (f
&& (tem
= XCDR (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->name_list_element
),
12136 key
= Fcons (pattern
, make_number (maxnames
)),
12137 !NILP (list
= Fassoc (key
, tem
))))
12139 list
= Fcdr_safe (list
);
12140 /* We have a cashed list. Don't have to get the list again. */
12144 /* At first, put PATTERN in the cache. */
12147 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
12149 if (try_XLoadQueryFont
)
12152 unsigned long value
;
12154 font
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
, XSTRING (pattern
)->data
);
12155 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
12157 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
12158 server. Let's just ignore it. */
12160 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
12164 && XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
12166 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (dpy
, (Atom
) value
);
12167 int len
= strlen (name
);
12170 /* If DXPC (a Differential X Protocol Compressor)
12171 Ver.3.7 is running, XGetAtomName will return null
12172 string. We must avoid such a name. */
12174 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
12178 names
= (char **) alloca (sizeof (char *));
12179 /* Some systems only allow alloca assigned to a
12181 tmp
= (char *) alloca (len
+ 1); names
[0] = tmp
;
12182 bcopy (name
, names
[0], len
+ 1);
12187 try_XLoadQueryFont
= 0;
12190 XFreeFont (dpy
, font
);
12193 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
12195 /* We try at least 10 fonts because XListFonts will return
12196 auto-scaled fonts at the head. */
12197 names
= XListFonts (dpy
, XSTRING (pattern
)->data
, max (maxnames
, 10),
12199 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
12201 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
12202 server. Let's just ignore it. */
12204 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
12208 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
12215 /* Make a list of all the fonts we got back.
12216 Store that in the font cache for the display. */
12217 for (i
= 0; i
< num_fonts
; i
++)
12220 char *p
= names
[i
];
12221 int average_width
= -1, dashes
= 0;
12223 /* Count the number of dashes in NAMES[I]. If there are
12224 14 dashes, and the field value following 12th dash
12225 (AVERAGE_WIDTH) is 0, this is a auto-scaled font which
12226 is usually too ugly to be used for editing. Let's
12232 if (dashes
== 7) /* PIXEL_SIZE field */
12234 else if (dashes
== 12) /* AVERAGE_WIDTH field */
12235 average_width
= atoi (p
);
12237 if (dashes
< 14 || average_width
!= 0)
12239 tem
= build_string (names
[i
]);
12240 if (NILP (Fassoc (tem
, list
)))
12242 if (STRINGP (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
)
12243 && ((fast_c_string_match_ignore_case
12244 (Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
, names
[i
]))
12246 /* We can set the value of PIXEL_SIZE to the
12247 width of this font. */
12248 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, make_number (width
)), list
);
12250 /* For the moment, width is not known. */
12251 list
= Fcons (Fcons (tem
, Qnil
), list
);
12255 if (!try_XLoadQueryFont
)
12256 XFreeFontNames (names
);
12259 /* Now store the result in the cache. */
12261 XCDR (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->name_list_element
)
12262 = Fcons (Fcons (key
, list
),
12263 XCDR (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->name_list_element
));
12266 if (NILP (list
)) continue; /* Try the remaining alternatives. */
12268 newlist
= second_best
= Qnil
;
12269 /* Make a list of the fonts that have the right width. */
12270 for (; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
12276 if (!CONSP (tem
) || NILP (XCAR (tem
)))
12280 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
12284 if (!INTEGERP (XCDR (tem
)))
12286 /* Since we have not yet known the size of this font, we
12287 must try slow function call XLoadQueryFont. */
12288 XFontStruct
*thisinfo
;
12291 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
12292 thisinfo
= XLoadQueryFont (dpy
,
12293 XSTRING (XCAR (tem
))->data
);
12294 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
12296 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
12297 server. Let's just ignore it. */
12299 x_clear_errors (dpy
);
12301 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
12307 = (thisinfo
->min_bounds
.width
== 0
12309 : make_number (thisinfo
->max_bounds
.width
));
12310 XFreeFont (dpy
, thisinfo
);
12313 /* For unknown reason, the previous call of XListFont had
12314 returned a font which can't be opened. Record the size
12315 as 0 not to try to open it again. */
12316 XCDR (tem
) = make_number (0);
12319 found_size
= XINT (XCDR (tem
));
12320 if (found_size
== size
)
12321 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (tem
), newlist
);
12322 else if (found_size
> 0)
12324 if (NILP (second_best
))
12326 else if (found_size
< size
)
12328 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
12329 || XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) < found_size
)
12334 if (XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > size
12335 && XINT (XCDR (second_best
)) > found_size
)
12340 if (!NILP (newlist
))
12342 else if (!NILP (second_best
))
12344 newlist
= Fcons (XCAR (second_best
), Qnil
);
12355 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
12359 x_check_font (f
, font
)
12364 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
12366 xassert (font
!= NULL
);
12368 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
12369 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
12370 && font
== dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].font
)
12373 xassert (i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
);
12376 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG != 0 */
12378 /* Set *W to the minimum width, *H to the minimum font height of FONT.
12379 Note: There are (broken) X fonts out there with invalid XFontStruct
12380 min_bounds contents. For example, handa@etl.go.jp reports that
12381 "-adobe-courier-medium-r-normal--*-180-*-*-m-*-iso8859-1" fonts
12382 have font->min_bounds.width == 0. */
12385 x_font_min_bounds (font
, w
, h
)
12389 *h
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
12390 *w
= font
->min_bounds
.width
;
12392 /* Try to handle the case where FONT->min_bounds has invalid
12393 contents. Since the only font known to have invalid min_bounds
12394 is fixed-width, use max_bounds if min_bounds seems to be invalid. */
12396 *w
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
12400 /* Compute the smallest character width and smallest font height over
12401 all fonts available on frame F. Set the members smallest_char_width
12402 and smallest_font_height in F's x_display_info structure to
12403 the values computed. Value is non-zero if smallest_font_height or
12404 smallest_char_width become smaller than they were before. */
12407 x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
)
12411 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
12413 int old_width
= dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
;
12414 int old_height
= dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
;
12416 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= 100000;
12417 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= 100000;
12419 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
12420 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
)
12422 struct font_info
*fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
12425 font
= (XFontStruct
*) fontp
->font
;
12426 xassert (font
!= (XFontStruct
*) ~0);
12427 x_font_min_bounds (font
, &w
, &h
);
12429 dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
, h
);
12430 dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
= min (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
, w
);
12433 xassert (dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
> 0
12434 && dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
> 0);
12436 return (dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== 1
12437 || dpyinfo
->smallest_char_width
< old_width
12438 || dpyinfo
->smallest_font_height
< old_height
);
12442 /* Load font named FONTNAME of the size SIZE for frame F, and return a
12443 pointer to the structure font_info while allocating it dynamically.
12444 If SIZE is 0, load any size of font.
12445 If loading is failed, return NULL. */
12448 x_load_font (f
, fontname
, size
)
12450 register char *fontname
;
12453 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
12454 Lisp_Object font_names
;
12457 /* Get a list of all the fonts that match this name. Once we
12458 have a list of matching fonts, we compare them against the fonts
12459 we already have by comparing names. */
12460 font_names
= x_list_fonts (f
, build_string (fontname
), size
, 1);
12462 if (!NILP (font_names
))
12467 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
12468 for (tail
= font_names
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
12469 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
12470 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
,
12471 XSTRING (XCAR (tail
))->data
)
12472 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
,
12473 XSTRING (XCAR (tail
))->data
)))
12474 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
12477 /* Load the font and add it to the table. */
12481 struct font_info
*fontp
;
12482 unsigned long value
;
12485 /* If we have found fonts by x_list_font, load one of them. If
12486 not, we still try to load a font by the name given as FONTNAME
12487 because XListFonts (called in x_list_font) of some X server has
12488 a bug of not finding a font even if the font surely exists and
12489 is loadable by XLoadQueryFont. */
12490 if (size
> 0 && !NILP (font_names
))
12491 fontname
= (char *) XSTRING (XCAR (font_names
))->data
;
12494 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
12495 font
= (XFontStruct
*) XLoadQueryFont (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), fontname
);
12496 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
12498 /* This error is perhaps due to insufficient memory on X
12499 server. Let's just ignore it. */
12501 x_clear_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
12503 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), count
);
12508 /* Find a free slot in the font table. */
12509 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; ++i
)
12510 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
== NULL
)
12513 /* If no free slot found, maybe enlarge the font table. */
12514 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
12515 && dpyinfo
->n_fonts
== dpyinfo
->font_table_size
)
12518 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= max (16, 2 * dpyinfo
->font_table_size
);
12519 sz
= dpyinfo
->font_table_size
* sizeof *dpyinfo
->font_table
;
12520 dpyinfo
->font_table
12521 = (struct font_info
*) xrealloc (dpyinfo
->font_table
, sz
);
12524 fontp
= dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
;
12525 if (i
== dpyinfo
->n_fonts
)
12526 ++dpyinfo
->n_fonts
;
12528 /* Now fill in the slots of *FONTP. */
12530 fontp
->font
= font
;
12531 fontp
->font_idx
= i
;
12532 fontp
->name
= (char *) xmalloc (strlen (fontname
) + 1);
12533 bcopy (fontname
, fontp
->name
, strlen (fontname
) + 1);
12535 /* Try to get the full name of FONT. Put it in FULL_NAME. */
12537 if (XGetFontProperty (font
, XA_FONT
, &value
))
12539 char *name
= (char *) XGetAtomName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), (Atom
) value
);
12543 /* Count the number of dashes in the "full name".
12544 If it is too few, this isn't really the font's full name,
12546 In X11R4, the fonts did not come with their canonical names
12557 full_name
= (char *) xmalloc (p
- name
+ 1);
12558 bcopy (name
, full_name
, p
- name
+ 1);
12564 if (full_name
!= 0)
12565 fontp
->full_name
= full_name
;
12567 fontp
->full_name
= fontp
->name
;
12569 fontp
->size
= font
->max_bounds
.width
;
12570 fontp
->height
= FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
12572 /* For some font, ascent and descent in max_bounds field is
12573 larger than the above value. */
12574 int max_height
= font
->max_bounds
.ascent
+ font
->max_bounds
.descent
;
12575 if (max_height
> fontp
->height
)
12576 fontp
->height
= max_height
;
12579 if (NILP (font_names
))
12581 /* We come here because of a bug of XListFonts mentioned at
12582 the head of this block. Let's store this information in
12583 the cache for x_list_fonts. */
12584 Lisp_Object lispy_name
= build_string (fontname
);
12585 Lisp_Object lispy_full_name
= build_string (fontp
->full_name
);
12587 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)
12588 = Fcons (Fcons (Fcons (lispy_name
, make_number (256)),
12589 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
12590 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
12592 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
));
12594 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
)
12595 = Fcons (Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
, make_number (256)),
12596 Fcons (Fcons (lispy_full_name
,
12597 make_number (fontp
->size
)),
12599 XCDR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
));
12602 /* The slot `encoding' specifies how to map a character
12603 code-points (0x20..0x7F or 0x2020..0x7F7F) of each charset to
12604 the font code-points (0:0x20..0x7F, 1:0xA0..0xFF), or
12605 (0:0x2020..0x7F7F, 1:0xA0A0..0xFFFF, 3:0x20A0..0x7FFF,
12606 2:0xA020..0xFF7F). For the moment, we don't know which charset
12607 uses this font. So, we set information in fontp->encoding[1]
12608 which is never used by any charset. If mapping can't be
12609 decided, set FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED. */
12611 = (font
->max_byte1
== 0
12613 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
12614 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
12615 ? 0 /* 0x20..0x7F */
12616 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20..0xFF */
12617 : 1) /* 0xA0..0xFF */
12619 : (font
->min_byte1
< 0x80
12620 ? (font
->max_byte1
< 0x80
12621 ? (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
12622 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
12623 ? 0 /* 0x2020..0x7F7F */
12624 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x2020..0x7FFF */
12625 : 3) /* 0x20A0..0x7FFF */
12626 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0x20??..0xA0?? */
12627 : (font
->min_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
12628 ? (font
->max_char_or_byte2
< 0x80
12629 ? 2 /* 0xA020..0xFF7F */
12630 : FONT_ENCODING_NOT_DECIDED
) /* 0xA020..0xFFFF */
12631 : 1))); /* 0xA0A0..0xFFFF */
12633 fontp
->baseline_offset
12634 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
, &value
)
12635 ? (long) value
: 0);
12636 fontp
->relative_compose
12637 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
, &value
)
12638 ? (long) value
: 0);
12639 fontp
->default_ascent
12640 = (XGetFontProperty (font
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
, &value
)
12641 ? (long) value
: 0);
12643 /* Set global flag fonts_changed_p to non-zero if the font loaded
12644 has a character with a smaller width than any other character
12645 before, or if the font loaded has a smalle>r height than any
12646 other font loaded before. If this happens, it will make a
12647 glyph matrix reallocation necessary. */
12648 fonts_changed_p
= x_compute_min_glyph_bounds (f
);
12655 /* Return a pointer to struct font_info of a font named FONTNAME for
12656 frame F. If no such font is loaded, return NULL. */
12659 x_query_font (f
, fontname
)
12661 register char *fontname
;
12663 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
12666 for (i
= 0; i
< dpyinfo
->n_fonts
; i
++)
12667 if (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
12668 && (!strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].name
, fontname
)
12669 || !strcmp (dpyinfo
->font_table
[i
].full_name
, fontname
)))
12670 return (dpyinfo
->font_table
+ i
);
12675 /* Find a CCL program for a font specified by FONTP, and set the member
12676 `encoder' of the structure. */
12679 x_find_ccl_program (fontp
)
12680 struct font_info
*fontp
;
12682 Lisp_Object list
, elt
;
12684 for (list
= Vfont_ccl_encoder_alist
; CONSP (list
); list
= XCDR (list
))
12688 && STRINGP (XCAR (elt
))
12689 && (fast_c_string_match_ignore_case (XCAR (elt
), fontp
->name
)
12695 struct ccl_program
*ccl
12696 = (struct ccl_program
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct ccl_program
));
12698 if (setup_ccl_program (ccl
, XCDR (elt
)) < 0)
12701 fontp
->font_encoder
= ccl
;
12707 /***********************************************************************
12709 ***********************************************************************/
12711 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12712 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
12713 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
12714 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
12716 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
12717 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
12718 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
12720 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
12721 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
12722 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
12723 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
12724 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
12725 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
12726 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
12728 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12730 static int x_initialized
;
12732 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
12733 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
12734 the screen number from the server number. */
12736 same_x_server (name1
, name2
)
12737 char *name1
, *name2
;
12739 int seen_colon
= 0;
12740 unsigned char *system_name
= XSTRING (Vsystem_name
)->data
;
12741 int system_name_length
= strlen (system_name
);
12742 int length_until_period
= 0;
12744 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
12745 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
12746 length_until_period
++;
12748 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
12749 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
12751 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
12753 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
12754 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
12755 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
12756 name1
+= system_name_length
;
12757 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
12758 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
12759 name2
+= system_name_length
;
12760 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
12761 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
12762 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
12763 name1
+= length_until_period
;
12764 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
12765 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
12766 name2
+= length_until_period
;
12768 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
12772 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
12776 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
12777 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
12781 struct x_display_info
*
12782 x_term_init (display_name
, xrm_option
, resource_name
)
12783 Lisp_Object display_name
;
12785 char *resource_name
;
12789 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
12794 if (!x_initialized
)
12800 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12801 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
12803 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
12804 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
12805 So let's not use it until R6. */
12806 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
12807 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
12818 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
12819 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
12821 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, XSTRING (display_name
)->data
,
12822 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
12823 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
12826 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
12827 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
12832 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12834 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
12836 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (XSTRING (display_name
)->data
);
12837 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12839 /* Detect failure. */
12846 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
12848 dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) xmalloc (sizeof (struct x_display_info
));
12850 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
12852 struct x_display_info
*share
;
12855 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
12856 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
12857 if (same_x_server (XSTRING (XCAR (XCAR (tail
)))->data
,
12858 XSTRING (display_name
)->data
))
12861 dpyinfo
->kboard
= share
->kboard
;
12864 dpyinfo
->kboard
= (KBOARD
*) xmalloc (sizeof (KBOARD
));
12865 init_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
12866 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
12868 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
12869 dpyinfo
->kboard
->Vsystem_key_alist
12870 = call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
12871 build_string (vendor
? vendor
: ""));
12874 dpyinfo
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
12875 all_kboards
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
12876 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
12877 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
12878 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
12879 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
12880 current_kboard
= dpyinfo
->kboard
;
12882 dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
12886 /* Put this display on the chain. */
12887 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
12888 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
12890 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
12891 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
12892 x_display_name_list
);
12893 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
12895 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
12898 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
12902 = (char *) xmalloc (STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (Vinvocation_name
))
12903 + STRING_BYTES (XSTRING (Vsystem_name
))
12905 sprintf (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, "%s@%s",
12906 XSTRING (Vinvocation_name
)->data
, XSTRING (Vsystem_name
)->data
);
12908 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
12909 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
12911 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
12912 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
12913 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
12915 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
12916 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
12917 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
12918 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
12920 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
12922 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
12924 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
12926 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
12927 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
12928 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
12929 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
12930 dpyinfo
->height
= HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
12931 dpyinfo
->width
= WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
12932 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
12933 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
12934 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
12935 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
12936 dpyinfo
->font_table
= NULL
;
12937 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
12938 dpyinfo
->font_table_size
= 0;
12939 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
12940 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
12941 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
12942 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
12943 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
12944 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
12945 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
12946 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
12947 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
12948 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
12949 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= dpyinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
12950 dpyinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
12951 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
12952 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
12953 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
12954 dpyinfo
->image_cache
= make_image_cache ();
12956 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
12957 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
12959 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
12962 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
12963 build_string ("privateColormap"),
12964 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
12966 if (STRINGP (value
)
12967 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "true")
12968 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "on")))
12969 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
12973 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
12974 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
12977 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
12978 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
12979 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
12980 dpyinfo
->resy
= pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
12981 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
12982 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
12983 dpyinfo
->resx
= pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
12986 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
12987 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_PROTOCOLS", False
);
12988 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
12989 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", False
);
12990 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
12991 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", False
);
12992 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
12993 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", False
);
12994 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
12995 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CHANGE_STATE", False
);
12996 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
12997 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", False
);
12998 dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
12999 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "WM_MOVED", False
);
13000 dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
13001 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "Editres", False
);
13002 dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
13003 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "CLIPBOARD", False
);
13004 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
13005 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TIMESTAMP", False
);
13006 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
13007 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TEXT", False
);
13008 dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
13009 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "COMPOUND_TEXT", False
);
13010 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
13011 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DELETE", False
);
13012 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
13013 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "MULTIPLE", False
);
13014 dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
13015 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "INCR", False
);
13016 dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
13017 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_EMACS_TMP_", False
);
13018 dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
13019 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "TARGETS", False
);
13020 dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
13021 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "NULL", False
);
13022 dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
13023 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "ATOM_PAIR", False
);
13024 /* For properties of font. */
13025 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
13026 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PIXEL_SIZE", False
);
13027 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
13028 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", False
);
13029 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
13030 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", False
);
13031 dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
13032 = XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", False
);
13034 /* Ghostscript support. */
13035 dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "PAGE", False
);
13036 dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "DONE", False
);
13038 dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
= XInternAtom (dpyinfo
->display
, "SCROLLBAR",
13041 dpyinfo
->cut_buffers_initialized
= 0;
13043 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
13044 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
13049 null_bits
[0] = 0x00;
13051 dpyinfo
->null_pixel
13052 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
13053 null_bits
, 1, 1, (long) 0, (long) 0,
13058 extern int gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
;
13059 extern unsigned char *gray_bitmap_bits
;
13061 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
13063 gray_bitmap_width
, gray_bitmap_height
,
13064 (unsigned long) 1, (unsigned long) 0, 1);
13068 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
13071 #ifdef subprocesses
13072 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
13073 if (connection
!= 0)
13074 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
13077 #ifndef F_SETOWN_BUG
13079 #ifdef F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG
13080 /* stdin is a socket here */
13081 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, -getpid ());
13082 #else /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
13083 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
13084 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN_SOCK_NEG) */
13085 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
13086 #endif /* F_SETOWN_BUG */
13089 if (interrupt_input
)
13090 init_sigio (connection
);
13091 #endif /* ! defined (SIGIO) */
13094 #ifdef HAVE_X11R5 /* It seems X11R4 lacks XtCvtStringToFont, and XPointer. */
13095 /* Make sure that we have a valid font for dialog boxes
13096 so that Xt does not crash. */
13098 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
13099 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
13103 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
13104 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
13105 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
13106 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
13107 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
13108 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
13109 count
= x_catch_errors (dpy
);
13110 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
13112 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
13113 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
13114 x_uncatch_errors (dpy
, count
);
13119 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
13120 for debugging X code. */
13123 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
13124 build_string ("synchronous"),
13125 build_string ("Synchronous"),
13127 if (STRINGP (value
)
13128 && (!strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "true")
13129 || !strcmp (XSTRING (value
)->data
, "on")))
13130 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
13138 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, assuming all frames are already gone,
13139 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
13142 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
)
13143 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
13145 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
13147 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
13148 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
13149 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
13150 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
13151 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
13156 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
13157 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
13159 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
13161 XCDR (tail
) = XCDR (XCDR (tail
));
13164 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
13168 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
13169 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
13171 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
13172 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
13175 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
13177 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
13178 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
13179 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
13182 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT /* I'm told Xt does this itself. */
13183 #ifndef AIX /* On AIX, XCloseDisplay calls this. */
13184 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
13187 #ifdef MULTI_KBOARD
13188 if (--dpyinfo
->kboard
->reference_count
== 0)
13189 delete_kboard (dpyinfo
->kboard
);
13193 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
13196 xfree (dpyinfo
->font_table
);
13197 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
13201 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
13203 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
13208 x_clear_end_of_line
,
13210 x_after_update_window_line
,
13211 x_update_window_begin
,
13212 x_update_window_end
,
13215 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
13216 x_fix_overlapping_area
13222 rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
13224 clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
13225 ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
13226 change_line_highlight_hook
= x_change_line_highlight
;
13227 delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
13228 ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
13229 reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
13230 set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
13231 update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
13232 update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
13233 set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
13234 read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
13235 frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
13236 reassert_line_highlight_hook
= XTreassert_line_highlight
;
13237 mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
13238 frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
13239 frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
13240 set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
13241 condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
13242 redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
13243 judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
13244 estimate_mode_line_height_hook
= x_estimate_mode_line_height
;
13246 scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* we'll scroll partial frames */
13247 char_ins_del_ok
= 0; /* just as fast to write the line */
13248 line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* we'll just blt 'em */
13249 fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well */
13250 memory_below_frame
= 0; /* we don't remember what scrolls
13255 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
13256 any_help_event_p
= 0;
13258 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
13259 Fset_input_mode (Qt
, Qnil
, Qt
, Qnil
);
13261 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
13262 XtToolkitInitialize ();
13263 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
13264 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
13266 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
13267 every 0.1s. This is necessary because some widget sets use
13268 timeouts internally, for example the LessTif menu bar, or the
13269 Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timouts aren't processed, these
13270 widgets don't behave normally. */
13272 EMACS_TIME interval
;
13273 EMACS_SET_SECS_USECS (interval
, 0, 100000);
13274 start_atimer (ATIMER_CONTINUOUS
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
13278 #if USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
13279 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
13280 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
13283 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
13284 original error handler. */
13285 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
13286 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
13288 /* Disable Window Change signals; they are handled by X events. */
13290 signal (SIGWINCH
, SIG_DFL
);
13291 #endif /* ! defined (SIGWINCH) */
13293 signal (SIGPIPE
, x_connection_signal
);
13300 staticpro (&x_error_message_string
);
13301 x_error_message_string
= Qnil
;
13303 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
13304 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
13306 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
13307 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
13309 staticpro (&Qvendor_specific_keysyms
);
13310 Qvendor_specific_keysyms
= intern ("vendor-specific-keysyms");
13312 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
13313 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
13315 staticpro (&help_echo
);
13317 staticpro (&previous_help_echo
);
13318 previous_help_echo
= Qnil
;
13320 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-stretch-cursor", &x_stretch_cursor_p
,
13321 "*Non-nil means draw block cursor as wide as the glyph under it.\n\
13322 For example, if a block cursor is over a tab, it will be drawn as\n\
13323 wide as that tab on the display.");
13324 x_stretch_cursor_p
= 0;
13326 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars-p", &x_toolkit_scroll_bars_p
,
13327 "If not nil, Emacs uses toolkit scroll bars.");
13328 #if USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
13329 x_toolkit_scroll_bars_p
= 1;
13331 x_toolkit_scroll_bars_p
= 0;
13334 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
13335 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
13338 #endif /* not HAVE_X_WINDOWS */